Pierce Product Proposal Exhibit “A” Bid #911 — City Council/Public Finance and Economic Development Authority/Parking Authority, September 6, 2022 (part 1 of 2)

PRODUCT

PROPOSAL
Exhibit “A”
Bid #911

OPTION A
100% Pre-Payment or Lease Purchase

This will be the price of the Product(s) contingent
upon the Customer paying 100% of the Grand Total
to GSFA within 15 days of Contract Signing (or
issuance of Purchase Order).

This discount is also available contingent upon a 3rd
Party (Leasing Company) paying 100% of the Grand
Total on behalf of the Customer within 15 days of
Contract Signing (or issuance of Purchase Order).

PROPOSAL PREPARED FOR
Merced Fire Department
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.

Enforcer 1500 GPM GPM Pumper
HGAC FS12-19, Code FS19VC07
July 27, 2022

SALES CONSULTANT
Rich Myers
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc.
7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828
831.251.8931 Cell
[email protected]

PARTS, SERVICE & SUPPORT
Golden State Emergency Vehicle Service, Inc.
7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828
916.330.1638 Office
[email protected]

Page 2 of 3 ends

www.goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828
Office 916.330.1638
Fax 916.330.1649

PROPOSAL PREPARED FOR:

Merced Fire Department
99 E 16th Street
Merced, CA 95340

We hereby propose and agree to furnish, after your acceptance of this proposal and the proper execution by the MERCED FIRE DEPARTMENT, hereinafter called “Customer” and an officer of Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc., hereinafter called “GSFA”, the following fire apparatus and equipment, hereinafter called “Product”:

PROPOSAL SUMMARY
This proposal includes the following items in accordance with the specifications hereto attached:
 Fire apparatus and equipment described herein
 Delivery to GSFA service center in Sacramento
 Pre-delivery inspection/services by GSFA
 Final delivery from service center to Customer

PRODUCT COMPLETION
Product shall be built in accordance with the specifications hereto attached, delays due to acts of God, strikes, war, or intentional conflict, failures to obtain chassis, materials, unusual weather conditions or other causes beyond GSFA’s control not preventing, within approximately 855 to 885 CALENDAR DAYS after receipt of this order and the acceptance thereof at our Sacramento, California office. Within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of this order and acceptance thereof, GSFA shall submit to Customer a production schedule including tentative pre-construction conference, final inspection and final delivery dates.

DELIVERY LOCATION
Product shall be shipped in accordance with the specifications hereto attached and be delivered to you at MERCED, CALIFORNIA. Proof of insurance must be demonstrated by the Customer to GSFA prior to transferring of the Product(s).

Submitted Date: July 27, 2022
Proposal Number: 40727-22A
Expiration
Date:

September 23,
2022
Sales Consultant: Rich Myers
# Description Unit Price
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Enforcer 1500 GPM Pumper (HGAC contract FS12- 19, Product Code FS19VC07) 869,378.47
B Discount For 100% Pre-Payment at Time of Order (46,060.72) C SUBTOTAL 823,317.75
D 8.25% State Sales Tax 67,923.71
E California Tire Fee 10.50
F GRAND TOTAL 891,251.97
740
0 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | Office 916.330.1638 | Fax 916.330.1649

Page 3 of 3 ends

ACCEPTING THIS PROPOSAL
In the event Customer wishes to purchase the Product described in this Proposal and the attached specifications, then, prior to the expiration date listed on page 2 of this Proposal, Customer shall sign and return this Proposal. Thereafter, GSFA and Customer will endeavor to enter into a purchase agreement incorporating this Proposal and including additional terms (a “Purchase Agreement”). If Customer returns a signed copy of this Proposal alone, GSFA will send Customer its form of Purchase Agreement for Customer’s review and signature. If Customer desires to use its standard form of purchase order as the Purchase Agreement, then Customer should return a signed copy of this Proposal along with a copy of such purchase order. All purchase orders shall be made out to GSFA. GSFA will review such purchase order and contact the Customer regarding any required revisions. Only upon a full execution of a Purchase Agreement shall GSFA and Customer be obligated to purchase and sell the Product set forth in this Proposal.

RMS AND CONDITIONS
The following Terms and Conditions are hereby made part of this Proposal:

1. Payment Terms (100% Pre-Payment at Time of Order) –
Customer shall pay the amount listed on page one of this P
roposal, which includes: (i) the total price for the Product (the “Purchase Price”), (ii) the estimated state sales tax on the Product, and (iii) the California tire fee (together with the Purchase Price and estimated state sales tax, the “Grand Total”) within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date on which the Purchase Agreement is fully executed. The proposed delivery timeframe for the Product, which is outlined on page one of this Proposal, shall not begin until full payment of the Grand Total i s
rec
eived. In the event Customer does not pay GSFA the Grand Total in the timeframe set forth in this Section 1, GSFA may, in its sole discretion, cancel the Purchase Agreement entered in to
b
etween the parties.
2 . Multiple Unit Purchase – If the Purchase Price includes pricing for multiple units, the price stated on this Proposal shall only be valid if the quantity of Products being proposed are purchased at the same time, pursuant to the same Purchase Agreement. 3 . Stock / Demo Units – If applicable, any stock/demo units, including those identified by this Proposal, are available for sale on an as-is, first-come and first served-basis. Regardless of thi s
P
roposal, the first Customer to enter into a Purchase Agreement identifying any such stock/demo unites shall obtain said units.

4. Order Changes – The Customer may request that GSFA
incorporate a change to the Product or the Specifications for the Product by delivering a written change order to GSFA, which shall include a description of the proposed change sufficien t to
p
ermit GSFA to evaluate the feasibility of such change (a “Change Order”). GSFA will provide Customer a written response (a “Response”) stating (i) whether GSFA will accommodate such Change Order (which GSFA may decide in its sole and absolute discretion) and (ii) the terms of the modification to the order, including any increase or decrease in the Purchase Price resulting from such Change Order, and any effect on production
scheduling or Delivery resulting from such Change Order.

Customer shall have seven (7) days after receipt of the Response to notify GSFA as to whether Customer desires to make the changes GSFA has approved in the Response. In the event Customer counter-signs GSFA’s Response, Customer shall pay the increase (or be refunded the decrease) in the Purchase Price prior to final delivery to Customer location.

5. Force Majeure – GSFA shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default on account of delays in performance due to causes which are beyond GSFA’s and manufacturer’s control and which make GSFA’s performance impracticable, including but not limited to wars, insurrections, strikes, riots, fires, storms, floods, other acts of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, any ac t
o
f government, delays in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor supplies or manufacturing facilities, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed products, failure to obtain any required license or certificates, acts of God or the public enemy or terrorism, failure of transportation, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, failure of vendors (due to causes similar to those within the scope of thi s
c
lause) to perform their contracts or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdown, or interruption of work.
6 . Cancellation/Termination – In the event Customer and GSFA enter into a Purchase Agreement and Customer thereafter cancels or terminates the Purchase Agreement, GSFA will charge a cancellation fee as follows: (a) 10% of the Purchase Price after order is accepted and entered by GSFA; (b) 20% of the Purchase Price after completion of the pre-construction phase of the order process; and (c) 50% of the Purchase Price after the requisition of any materials or commencement of any manufacturing or assembly of the Product by either GSFA or the manufacturer of the Product. The tier of cancellation fee applicable to any cancellation shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of GSFA.

7. State Sales Tax – Customer shall be responsible for the cost of state sales tax associated with, or attributable to the Product.

The taxes owed by Customer for the Product is subjec
t to
a
djustment for the applicable state sales tax rate in effect when the Product is delivered to the Customer. Therefore, the sales tax will be increased or decreased at the time of delivery if a change in the sales tax rate has occurred, in which case Customer shall pay GSFA (or be refunded by GSFA) the applicable change in sales tax.

8. Proposal Expiration – After the Expiration Date shown on page one of this Proposal, Customer shall require GSFA’s written consent to accept this Proposal.

9. Governing Law – This Proposal is to be governed by and under the laws of the state of California.

T
hank you for providing Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. with the opportunity to provide this proposal. If you have any questions regarding the options presented or need additional options, please contact me.

S
incerely, I, _______________________________________________________________authorized representative of MERCED FIRE DEPARTMENT agrees to purchase the proposed Product(s) and agree to the terms and conditions of this proposal and the specifications hereto attached.

R
ich Myers SIGNATURE: __________________________________________________________________________ Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc.

TITLE: _______________________________________ __________ DATE: ____________________

OPTION B
Payment at Time of Delivery or Pickup
This will be the price of the Product(s) contingent
upon the Customer paying 100% of the Grand Total
to GSFA at time of delivery or pick up

PROPOSAL PREPARED FOR
Merced Fire Department
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.

Enforcer 1500 GPM GPM Pumper
HGAC FS12-19, Code FS19VC07
July 27, 2022

SALES CONSULTANT
Rich Myers
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc.
7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828
831.251.8931 Cell
[email protected]

PARTS, SERVICE & SUPPORT
Golden State Emergency Vehicle Service, Inc.
7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828
916.330.1638 Office
[email protected]
P
age 2 of 3
www.goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828
Office 916.330.1638
Fax 916.330.1649
PROPOSAL PREPARED FOR:

Merced Fire Department
99 E 16th Street
Merced, CA 95340
W
e hereby propose and agree to furnish, after your acceptance of this proposal and the proper execution by the MERCED FIRE DEPARTMENT, hereinafter called “Customer” and an officer of Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc., hereinafter called “GSFA”, the following fire apparatus and equipment, hereinafter called “Product”:

OPOSAL SUMMARY
This proposal includes the following items in accordance with the specifications hereto attached:
 Fire apparatus and equipment described herein
 Delivery to GSFA service center in Sacramento
 Pre-delivery inspection/services by GSFA
 Final delivery from service center to Customer

ELIVERY LOCATION
Product shall be shipped in accordance with the specifications hereto attached and be delivered to you at MERCED, CALIFORNIA. Proof of insurance must be demonstrated by the Customer to GSFA prior to transferring of the Product(s).

Submitted Date: July 27, 2022
Proposal Number: 40727-22B
Expiration
Date:

September 23,
2022
Sales Consultant: Rich Myers
# Description Unit Price
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Enforcer 1500 GPM Pumper (HGAC contract FS12- 19, Product Code FS19VC07) 869,378.47
B 8.25% State Sales Tax 71,723.72
C California Tire Fee 10.50
D GRAND TOTAL 941,112.69
740
0 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | Office 916.330.1638 | Fax 916.330.1649

Page 3 of 3 ends

RMS AND CONDITIONS
The following Terms and Conditions are hereby made part of this Proposal:

1. Payment Terms (Payment at Time of Delivery) – Customer shall pay the Grand Total at time of delivery or pick up of the Product to GSFA. It is the responsibility of the Customer to have full payment ready when the Product is complete and ready to deliver or pick up. If payment is late or delivery is delayed pending payment, a daily finance charge of $150.00 and a daily storage fee of $50.00 may apply until such payment is received.

Due to insurance liability, the Product(s) will not be left at the Customer’s location without full acceptance and payment or prior written agreement between the Customer and GSFA.
2 . Multiple Unit Purchase – If the Purchase Price includes pricing for multiple units, the price stated on this Proposal shall only be valid if the quantity of Products being proposed are purchased at the same time, pursuant to the same Purchase Agreement. 3 . Stock / Demo Units – If applicable, any stock/demo units, including those identified by this Proposal, are available for sale on an as-is, first-come and first served-basis. Regardless of thi s
P
roposal, the first Customer to enter into a Purchase Agreement identifying any such stock/demo unites shall obtain said units.

Customer shall have seven (7) days after receipt of the Response to notify GSFA as to whether Customer desires to make the changes GSFA has approved in the Response. In the event Customer counter-signs GSFA’s Response, Customer shall pa y
t
he increase (or be refunded the decrease) in the Purchase Price prior to final delivery to Customer location.

7. State Sales Tax – Customer shall be responsible for the cost of state sales tax associated with, or attributable to the Product.

8. Proposal Expiration – After the Expiration Date shown on page one of this Proposal, Customer shall require GSFA’s written consent to accept this Proposal.

9. Governing Law – This Proposal is to be governed by and under the laws of the state of California.

R
ich Myers SIGNATURE: __________________________________________________________________________ Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc.

TITLE: _______________________________________ __________ DATE: ____________________

PRODUCT

SPECIFICATIONS
Exhibit “B”
Bid #911

Proposal Details Report
OptionCode
Type
Option
ProposalText
0766611
Boiler Plates, Pumper

Golden State Fire Apparatus
is pleased to submit a proposal to
City of Merced Fire Department

for a
Pierce® triple combination pumper
per your request for quotation. The following
paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed.

This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications.

PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in
1913
. Since then we have been building bodies with
one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over
75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than
62,500
apparatus, including more than
33,900
on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000
total square feet of floor space
situated on approximately
105
acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has
300,000
square
feet of floor space situated on approximately
38 acres of land.

Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market.

Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification.

In accordance with the current edition of NFPA
1901
standards, this proposal will specify whether
the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment.

Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment.

GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system.

QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D

1.1-2004
recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D

1.2-2003
requirements for structural
welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B

2.1-2000

requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000
and is performed to American Welding Society standards A

5.20 -E
70 T
1 . Furthermore, all
employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (
3 ) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality.

Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001
. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal.

In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to insure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand.

That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce.

To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least five (
5 )
fire
departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided.

DELIVERY
The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to insure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty.

A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the
apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered.

MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION
At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle.

SAFETY VIDEO
At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (
1 )
39 -minute, professionally produced
apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance.

PERFORMANCE TESTS
A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than 7/27/2022
Customer:

MERCED CITY FIRE

DEPARTMENT
Bid Number:
911
Representative
Myers, Rich
Job Number:

Requirements Manager:

Organization:

Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Description:

Merced Enforcer Pumper
Chassis:

Enforcer Chassis
Body:

Pumper, Medium, Aluminum, 2nd Gen
1 911
Bid #:

ten (
10 ) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than
50 percent on the front axle, and not less than
50 percent nor more than
75 percent on the rear axle.

The apparatus will meet NFPA
1901
acceleration and braking requirements.

SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT
Pierce dealership support will be provided by
Golden State Emergency Vehicle Service
by
operating in conjunction with
a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within
one hundred fifty (
150
) miles
of the fire department.

In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000
square
feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000
in parts dedicated to
service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts.

Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes.

As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operators manual library is available for easy reference.

Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel,
dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a
24 hour
7 day a week toll free hot line,
four (
4 ) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year.

LIABILITY
The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 )
years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance:

Each Occurrence
$1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate
$1,000,000
Personal and Advertising Injury
$1,000,000
General Aggregate
$2,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy.

The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract.

COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form:

Each Accident Combined Single Limit:
$1,000,000

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 )
years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Aggregate:
$3,000,000
Each Occurrence:
$3,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (
1 ) or more policies provided all other
insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a
30 -day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER

PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years
following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance:

Each Occurrence
$1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate
$1,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer.

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years
following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum 2 911
Bid #:

limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Each Occurrence:
$25,000,000
Aggregate:
$25,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (
1 ) or more policies provided all other
insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder.
0661794
Single Source Compliance

SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pumphouse (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) and body will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality.
0584456
Manufacture Location, Appleton,
Wisconsin
Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. 0584452
RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin

0588609
Vehicle Destination, US

0610784
Comply NFPA 1901 Changes
Effective Jan 1, 2016, With
Exceptions
NFPA
2016

STANDARDS
This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1 ,
2016
, except for fire
department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions.

Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus.

All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than

48.00 "
above the ground must be defined by a

1.00 " wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack.

A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating.

The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications.

An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results.
0533347
Pumper/Pumper with Aerial Device
Fire Apparatus
0588611
Vehicle Certification, Pumper
3 911
Bid #:

0661778
Agency, Apparatus Certification,
Pumper/Tanker, U.L.

NFPA COMPLIANCY
Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA".

PUMP TEST
Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the pump. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the pump manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be forwarded to the Fire Department.

GENERATOR TEST
If the unit has a generator, Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the generator. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery.

BREATHING AIR TEST
If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and have the sample certified that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989
,
Standard
on
Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. 0891947
Certification, Vehicle Inspection
Program, NFPA 1901

VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION
To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA
1901
standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be
third-party, independent, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition. The certification includes: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus.

A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. 0536644
Customer Service Website

AFTERMARKET SUPPORT WEBSITE
Pierceparts.com will provide
Pierce authorized dealer
access to comprehensive information
pertaining to the maintenance and service of their customer's apparatus. This tool will provide the Pierce authorized dealer the ability to service and support their customers to the best of their ability with factory support at their fingertips.

Pierceparts.com is also accessible to the end user through the guest login. Limited access is available and vehicle specific parts information accessible by entering a specific VIN number. All end users should see their local authorized Pierce dealer for additional support and service.

The website will consist of the following screens at the dealer level:

My Fleet Screen
The My Fleet screen will provide access to truck detail information on the major components of the vehicle, warranty information, available vehicle photographs, vehicle drawings, sales options, applicable vehicle software downloads, etc.

Parts Screens
The Parts screens will provide parts look-up capability of Pierce Manufacturing sourced items, with the aid of digital photographs, part drawings and assembly drawings. The parts search application will permit the searching of parts by item description or function group (major system category). The parts application will provide the ability to submit electronically a parts order, parts quote, or parts return request directly to Pierce Manufacturing for processing.

Warranty Screen
The Warranty screens will provide dealers the ability to submit electronically warranty claims directly to Pierce Manufacturing for reimbursement.

My Reports Screens
The My Reports screens will provide access to multiple dealer reports to allow the dealership to maintain communication with the customer on the status of orders, claims, and phone contacts.

Technical Support Screens
The Technical Support screens will provide access to all currently published Operation and Maintenance and Service Publications. Access to Pierce Manufacturing Service Bulletins and Work Instructions, containing information on current service topics and recommendations will be provided.

Training
The Training screens will provide access to upcoming training classes offered by Pierce Manufacturing along with interactive electronic learning modules (Operators Guides) covering the operation of major vehicle components will be provided. Access to training manuals used in Pierce Manufacturing training classes will be provided.

About Pierce
Access to customer service articles, corporate news, quarterly newsletters, and key contacts within the Customer Service Department will be provided. The current Customer Service Policy and Procedure Manual, detailing the operation of the Customer Service group will also be accessible.
0537375
Unit of Measure, US Gallons

4 911
Bid #:

0030006
Bid Bond Not Requested

BID BOND NOT REQUESTED
A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply:

All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5%
bid bond to
accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S.

Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570
. The
bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty, and for the
prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract.

Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety
bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail.
0582800
Performance Bond, 100% with 25%
Warranty Bond, 1 Yr, and Payment
Bond

PERFORMANCE BOND,
1 YEAR
The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100
percent
of the total contract amount within
30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570
) with a minimum A.M. Best
Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required.

Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One ( 1 ) Year Limited
Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to
25 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (
1 ) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter. 0000007
Approval Drawing

APPROVAL DRAWING
A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc.

A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 0742683
SP
Electrical Diagrams, 12V As-Built on
USB, Custom Chassis Pumper

ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
Three (
3 ) USB flash drives containing "As-Built" electrical wiring diagrams specifically prepared for the chassis and body will be provided. The diagrams will consist of information pertaining to the
12 VDC systems only. Two (
2 ) flash drives will be shipped with the loose equipment with each truck. One (
1 ) flash drive will be included with the job folder at apparatus builders facility for future reference.

Each flash drive will include the following capabilities:

The capability of viewing each separate diagram.

The capability of zooming in on any section of each separate diagram.

The capability of printing each separate diagram.

The capability of printing each zoomed in area of each separate diagram.

Each flash drive will include the following items:

Title page, identifying the job number and chassis model.

Table of contents.

Truck specific electrical compartment and instrument layouts for the chassis.

Truck specific electrical compartment layouts for the body.

Applicable drawings from the appropriate standard wiring diagrams.

All truck specific wiring diagrams (special drawings).

Harness drawings for all wiring harnesses used on the chassis.

Harness drawings for all wiring harnesses used on the body.

All truck input and output programming sheets (multiplexed trucks only).

There will be
no hard copies of these diagrams required
for this unit.
0649754
Enforcer Chassis

ENFORCER CHASSIS
The Pierce Enforcer
™
is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab.
0000110
Wheelbase

WHEELBASE
The wheelbase of the vehicle will be
187.50
"
.
5 911
Bid #:

0000070
GVW Rating

GVW RATING
The gross vehicle weight rating will be
46 ,
500
.
0729280
Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x .375,
Enforcer
FRAME
The chassis frame will be built with two (
2 ) steel channels bolted to five (
5 ) cross members or
more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a

13.38 " tall web over
the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to

10.75 " over the rear
axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of

25.992
cubic inches and a resisting bending
moment (rbm) of
3,119,040
in-lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of

18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of
2,275,200
in-lb over the rear axle. The frame rails
will be constructed of
120,000
psi yield strength heat-treated

0.38 " thick steel with

3.50 " wide
flanges.
0020018
Frame Liner Not Req'd

0630705
Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non
Drive, 19,500 lb, Enforcer

FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE
The Oshkosh TAK-
4 ® front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of
19,500
lb.

Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of
100,000
-psi yield strength
8630
steel and the lower control arm casting will be
made of
55,000
-psi yield ductile iron.

The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000
-psi yield strength
steel.

Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations.

There will be nine (
9 ) grease fittings supplied, one (
1 ) on each control arm pivot and one (
1 ) on
the steering gear extension.

The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load.

Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life.

The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free.

Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be provided.

The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle.

The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase.

The axle will have a turning angle of up to
45 degrees.
0030264
Suspension, Front TAK-4, 19,500 lb,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/Dash CF/Enf

FRONT SUSPENSION
Front Oshkosh TAK-
4 ™
independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of
19,500
lb.

The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.

Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.

The suspension design will be such that there is at least

10.00 " of total wheel travel and a
minimum of

3.75 " before suspension bottoms.

The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims.

One can adjust for a lean within
15 minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side.

The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000
miles of
inner city driving.
0087572
Shock Absorbers, KONI, TAK-4,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/DCF/Enf

FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERS
KONI heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers will be provided on the front suspension. 0000322
Oil Seals, Front Axle

FRONT OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. 0582936
Tires, Front, Goodyear, G289 WHA,
315/80R22.50, 20 ply

FRONT TIRES
Front tires will be Goodyear®
315/80
R

22.50 radials,
20 ply G
289
WHA tread, rated for
20,400
lb
maximum axle load and
68 mph maximum speed.
0019575
Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 9.00",
Aluminum, Hub Pilot
The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 9.00" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle.
0530460
Axle, Rear, Meritor RS26-185, 27,000
lb, Saber/Enforcer

REAR AXLE
The rear axle will be a Meritor
™,
Model RS-
26-185
, with a capacity of
27,000
lb.
6 911
Bid #:

0544253
Top Speed of Vehicle, 68 MPH

TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE
A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 68 mph.
0565380
Suspen, Rear, Single Slipper Spring,
27,000 lb, Saber/Enforcer

REAR SUSPENSION
The rear suspension will be Standens, semi-elliptical,

3.00 " wide x

53.00 " long,
12 -leaf pack with
a ground rating of
27,000
lb. The spring hangers will be castings.

The two (
2 ) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin, and the rear of the spring will be a slipper style end that will ride in a rear slipper hanger. To reduce bending stress due to acceleration and braking, the front eye will be a berlin eye that will place the front spring pin in the horizontal plane within the main leaf.

A steel encased rubber bushing will be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber bushing will be maintenance free and require no lubrication.
0543026
SP
Shock Absorbers on Rear Axle, Koni

SHOCK ABSORBERS
Heavy-duty telescoping Koni part
#902257
SPI shock absorbers will be provided on the rear axle.
0000485
Oil Seals, Rear Axle

REAR OIL SEALS
Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s).
0587216
Tires, Rear, Goodyear, G622 RSD,
12R22.50, 16 ply, Single

REAR TIRES
Rear tires will be four (
4 ) Goodyear®
12 R

22.50 radials,
16 ply all season G
622
RSD tread, rated
for
27,120
lb maximum axle load and
75 mph maximum speed.
0019625
Wheels, Rear, Alcoa, 22.50" x 8.25",
Aluminum, Hub Pilot, Single
The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 8.25" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud 11.25" bolt circle.
0568081
Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads

TIRE BALANCE
All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights.
0688595
Tire Pressure Monitoring System, Not
Required With Crossfire Monitoring
System
0003245
Axle Hub Covers w/center hole, S/S,
Front Axle

FRONT HUB COVERS
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided.
0003240
Axle Hub Covers, Rear, S/S Baby
Moon (Pair)
HUB COVERS (rear)
Stainless steel baby moon covers will be provided over the rear axle hubs. 0057936
Covers, Lug Nut, Chrome

CHROME LUG NUT COVERS
Chrome lug nut covers will be supplied on front and rear wheels. 0723863
SP
Mud Flap, Full Width, Rear, No Logo,
Location

MUD FLAP
A mud flap will be installed behind the rear wheels of the apparatus. It will be located TBD at Pre-
construction
The mud flap will be plain and full-width.
0020087
Mud Flap, Front and Rear, Pierce
Logo, 8" Ground Clearance

MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps will be installed behind the front and rear wheels of the apparatus.

The mud flaps will be mounted, so they have a minimum of

8.00 " ground clearance.
0011930
Tire, "Crossfire" Air Pressure
Equalization

AIR PRESSURE TIRE EQUALIZATION
A Crossfire air pressure equalization system will be provided on the rear dual wheels. This system will equalize the tire air pressure in the rear duals and indicate over or under inflation. 0544802
Chocks, Wheel, SAC-44-E, Folding

WHEEL CHOCKS
There will be
one (
1 ) pair
of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-
44 -E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc
wheel blocks, with easy-grip handle provided.
7 911
Bid #:

0544806
Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC-44-
E, Folding, Horizontal
Wheel Chock Brackets
There will be
one (
1 ) pair
of Zico, Model SQCH-
44 -H, horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets
provided for the Ziamatic, Model SAC-
44 -E, folding wheel chocks. The brackets will be made of aluminum and consist of a quick release spring loaded rod to hold the wheel chocks in place. The brackets will be mounted
one (
1 ) forward and one (
1 ) rearward of the left side rear tire
.
0010670
ABS Wabco Brake System, Single
rear axle

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The vehicle will be equipped with a Meritor WABCO
4 S
4 M, anti-lock braking system. The ABS will
provide a
4 -channel anti-lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti-lock braking system.

Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control. 0030185
Brakes, Knorr/Bendix 17", Disc,
Front, TAK-4
BRAKES
The service brake system will be full air type.

The front brakes will be Knorr/Bendix disc type with a

17.00 " ventilated rotor for improved
stopping distance.

The brake system will be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopping distance. 0509206
Brakes, Meritor, EX225, Disc Plus,
Rear, Single Axle
The rear brakes will be Meritor
™,
Disc Plus, Model EX225, disc operated with automatic slack adjusters and a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. 0735527
Air Compressor, Brake, Wabco 26.8
CI, Paccar

AIR COMPRESSOR, BRAKE SYSTEM
The air compressor will be a Wabco single piston compressor with a

26.8 CI displacement.
0644232
Brake Reservoirs, 4,272 Cubic Inch
Minimum Capacity, Saber
FR/Enforcer

BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system will include:

Brake treadle valve
Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer
Total air system minimum capacity of
4,272
cubic inches
Two (
2 ) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below
60 psi
Spring set parking brake system
Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, with an automatic spring brake application at
40 psi
A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below
80 psi (
550
kPa)
1/4
turn drain valves on each air tank
The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750
hour salt spray test.

To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. 0568012
Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver
1200, Heater, 2010

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER
The air dryer will be WABCO System Saver
1200
with spin-on coalescing filter cartridge and
100

watt heater.
0000790
Brake Lines, Nylon

BRAKE LINES
Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. 0617799
Inlet/Outlet, Air, w/Disconnect Fitting,
1/4 Turn Valve, Location

AIR INLET/OUTLET
One (
1 ) air inlet/outlet
will be installed with the female coupling located
DS Step Well
. This
system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system and include a check valve in the inlet line and an
85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line. The air outlet will be controlled by a 1/4

turn valve.

A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment.

The air inlet will allow a shoreline air hose to be connected to the vehicle. This will allow station air to be supplied to the brake system of the vehicle to insure constant air pressure. 0000845
Air Tank, Additional for Extra Capacity

ADDITIONAL AIR TANK
An additional air tank with
1454
cubic inch displacement will be provided to increase the capacity of the main air brake system. This tank will be plumbed into the rear half of the brake system.

The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750
hour spray test. To reduce the
effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets.

The output flow of the engine air compressor will vary with engine rpm. Full compressor output will only be achieved at governed engine speed. Engine speed will be limited by generators, pumps and other PTO driven options.
8 911
Bid #:

0660232
Drain, Remote Air Tank, Single Valve,
All tanks, Location

REMOTE AIR TANK DRAIN
There will be a single remote drain valve provided to drain all air supply reservoirs at the same time. The drain valve will be actuated from the side of the apparatus. The drain valve will be located
LS pump panel/running board area. allow for max ground clearance, accessible from LS without need to go under apparatus
. Automatic valves will be provided to isolate the reservoirs from one another when the drain is closed.
0615609
Fittings, Compression Type, Entire
Apparatus, Single Rear Axle

COMPRESSION FITTINGS ONLY
Any nylon tube on the brake system that is pneumatic will be plumbed with compression type fittings where applicable. Push lock fittings will not be acceptable for any pneumatic nylon tube plumbing.
0743490
Engine, Paccar MX13, 510HP, 1850
lb-ftW/OBD, EPA 2021, Enforcer

ENGINE
The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below:

Make:

Paccar
Model:

MX
13 Power:
510
hp at
1600
rpm
Torque:
1850
lb-ft at
1000
rpm
Governed Speed:
1900
rpm
Emissions Certification:

EPA
2021
Fuel:

Diesel
Cylinders:

Six (
6 )
Displacement:

12.9 L
Starter:

DP
60 Fuel Filters:

Dual cartridge style with check valve, water separator, and water in fuel sensor The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected.
0001244
High Idle w/Electronic Engine,
Custom

HIGH IDLE
A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation.

The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." 9 911
Bid #:

0729212
Idle Reduction, Battery Management
System, BMS, Lithium, IRT

IDLE REDUCTION, BATTERY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, LITHIUM ION
Command Zone
™
electronics system is CAN interfaced with the Battery Management System (BMS) controller for a fully integrated Idle Reduction Technology (IRT) system.

The BMS is designed for use with matching lithium-ion battery pack.

The BMS provides numerous system integration options facilitating temperature, voltage, current and State of Charge monitoring for the batteries.

The BMS manages battery module configurations including isolation measurement.

The IRT system will use a lithium-ion battery pack connected in parallel to lead acid batteries for full truck integration with standard wiring configurations.

BMS Features
Monitors lithium-ion battery pack cell voltage, temperature, stack voltage, current, State of Charge, errors, contactor status
BMS manages the lithium-ion battery pack
Charger control via multiple CAN bus communications. J
1939
for Command Zone
™
and an
isolated battery high speed CAN (
250
kpbs) bus connected directly to lithium-ion battery pack.

Multiple and configurable digital and analog I/O for shore power charge enable, ignition, switched battery, engine start.

Automatic lithium-ion battery pack balance control
Controls up to
4 contactors with configurable actions
System ground isolation verification
Outputs State of Charge and warning messages to the Command Zone ™
system.

BMS controller will control contactors to meet requirements when the lithium-ion battery pack charges and discharges.

Lithium-Ion Battery Pack
The vehicle will be equipped with lithium-ion battery pack with the following features.

Automatic cell operation and balancing
Temperature monitoring of cells
Thread bolts
Maintenance free
No hydrogen generation or gassing
Voltage, nominal

12.8 V
Capacity @
25 C greater than
100
Ah
Discharge Cont. greater than
100
A
Low voltage discharge cutoff protection
Delivers stable voltage during discharge and increases equipment performance Provides longer life cycle than lead acid batteries
Multiple levels of protection operation outside of current, voltage, and temperature limits with no thermal runaway, no corrosive acid leaks and no explosive gassing Environmentally safe because it does not contain toxic metals such as cobalt, lead, cadmium or any corrosive acids or alkalis
Fuse protection for each lithium-ion battery pack
Location
The BMS, contactors and lithium-ion battery pack will be mounted into the standard right-side battery box eliminating the need to take up valuable pump or body compartment space and provide easy access for maintenance.

Lead Acid Battery Amperage Monitoring
The vehicle will require one (
1 ) J
1939
CAN based amperage monitoring system to broadcast the
current flow of the lead acid batteries to the BMS and Command Zone ™
III system or greater
system.

The lead acid battery amperage monitoring system will be mounted near the lead acid batteries.

Cab Temperature Sensor
A J
1939
CAN based temperature sensor will be mounted in the cab behind the officer seat to be integrated into the Command Zone
™
system for IRT cab HVAC control.

Engine Interlock
Additional Command Zone
™
system I/O and relays are required for BMS control and engine start/stop function.
0729210
Idle Reduction, Lithium, Engine Auto
Shut Down 5 min. and Auto Start

IDLE REDUCTION, LITHIUM-ION, SYSTEM
The Command Zone
™
electronics system auto shut down / auto start system will reduce engine idle time by allowing a parked, non-running apparatus to operate NFPA 1901
warning, DOT and
user defined Mission Critical options by utilizing a fully-charged lithium-ion battery pack to run at 150
amps for a minimum of one hour. This time will be based on the vehicle's factory configuration.

The system will not inhibit additional loads outside or those used to calculate its operational performance.

The system will estimate its remaining capacity based on the load it is experiencing. This estimation will be presented on the vehicle display and through the vehicle's broadcasted web page.

The system will monitor multiple conditions and react accordingly. The conditions monitored include battery voltage, cab temperature, engine temperature. These component conditions will initiate certain actions depending on the threshold changes and settings of the system. The primary focus of the system will be to ensure the vehicle has enough battery capacity to start at any time.

The information center is intended for use on mobile severe duty emergency vehicles. The display will be usable by individuals wearing protective clothing including heavy gloves and in a wet and dirty environment.

System Requirements
The vehicle will require the Command Zone
™
information center and other options.

Operational Scenario
The following is the expected nominal operation of the system:

System is enabled or disabled by system maintainer by signing into the administrator screen of the information center which becomes the default setting Apparatus arrives on scene
Parameters are met for engine shutdown
Engine is shutdown
10 911
Bid #:

System begins monitoring lithium-ion battery pack State of Charge (SOC) System activates heating or cooling system (if applicable) Lithium-ion battery pack SOC falls below threshold
Engine auto starts
System Operation
Vehicle engine will shut off after
5 minutes of idle. This will allow for driveline components, such as the engine turbo, to return to an idle condition prior to shut down.

IRT can be activated manually prior to
5 minute shut off using the information center controls.

Vehicle electronics will remain operational:

NFPA and DOT Lighting
User defined Mission Critical
Heater system and air conditioning requires vehicle engine operation. (Dependent on HVAC system installed).

The vehicle engine will start automatically when reserve power has been depleted.

System Interlocks
The following conditions must be met to arm the auto shutdown / start system:

Battery switch on
Ignition on (Ignition must be on to turn on the Battery Management System (BMS) system) Parking brake is applied
Chassis transmission is in neutral
Cab fully engaged into lockdown latches
Engine at idle
No PTO activity
No pump activity
Service brake not applied
Shore power is not energized
Current Setting
The operator will have the capability to change the current setting of the IRT system. This will override the default setting for that ignition cycle only if the IRT system is enabled from the administration screen.

The operator will not be able to enable the IRT system, if high idle is enabled.

Note: In order for High Idle switch in cab to be enabled, the IRT system will be required to be disabled by the operator. All other high idle functions work as designed with exception that the cab high idle switch and OK to Engage High Indicator are disabled when IRT is enabled.

Auto Shutdown
The chassis diesel engine shutdown will be activated when all the following conditions have been met for five (
5 ) consecutive minutes:

Parking brake engaged
Transmission is in neutral
Lithium-ion battery pack SOC is sufficient
Service brake is not pressed
Water pump is inactive (If equipped)
Engine is at idle
Aerial Master/PTO is inactive (If equipped)
PTO/Generator is inactive (If equipped)
When the engine is shut down due to the operational mode interlocks being met, the display will bring forward the IRT screen.

Auto Shutdown Sequence
60 -Second Mark
60 seconds before the engine is auto shutdown, there will be a service notification on the information center. The information center will auto-navigate to the IRT screen when this occurs. 30 -Second Mark
30 seconds before the engine is auto shutdown, there will be a service notification on the information center.
10 -Second Mark
10 seconds before the engine is auto shutdown, there will be a service notification on the information center.
0 -Second Mark
At the
0 -second mark, engine will be commanded to shut down. The information center will auto- navigate to the IRT screen when this occurs.

Auto Start
The following interlock conditions will initiate the auto-start sequence:

Lithium-ion battery pack State of Charge is depleted
Battery System Voltage is below

12.0 V
Lead acid batteries are supporting more than
20 A of the load
1 minute
30 seconds after engine is
off
Cab cooling is required
Cab heating is required
Water pump is active (If equipped)
Aerial Master/PTO is active (If equipped)
PTO/Generator is active(If equipped)
There is a reported issue with the lithium-ion Battery Management System (BMS) Auto Start Sequence
60 -Second Mark
60 seconds before the engine is auto start, there will be a service notification on the information center.
30 -Second Mark
30 seconds before the engine is auto start, there will be a service notification on the information center.
10 -Second Mark
10 seconds before the engine is auto start, there will be a service notification on the information center.
0 -Second Mark
At the
0 -second mark, engine will be commanded to start.

Engine Auto Starting
11 911
Bid #:

Vehicle Monitoring
The vehicle will monitor engine RPM to ensure the engine has successfully started. If engine RPM is greater than
600
, the engine will be considered to have been started.

Cranking Cycles
Each engine crank will be a maximum of
5 seconds. There will be a delay of
10 seconds before
another attempt can be made. The engine will attempt to crank a maximum of 3 cycles.

Failed Start
If the truck fails to start, the IRT system will enter a faulted state, and a service notification will occur. In the faulted state all loads will be shut off, to allow the user to make a final attempt at starting.

The controller will exit the IRT operation without starting the engine, if any of the following are true:

Ignition is off
Shore power is energized
Cab lock down latches become disengaged
Park brake is released
Transmission is not in neutral
Comm Loss with engine
Comm Loss with transmission
Comm Loss with CZ Related modules
Comm Loss with Lead Acid current sensor
Comm Loss with lithium-ion battery pack BMS
IRT mode is disabled
"Interlocks not met" will be displayed on the IRT mode screen in this condition.

Quick Start
The system will immediately start the engine if any of the following conditions are true when in IRT mode:

Service brake is pressed for
3 seconds
Engine start switch is activated
Cab Temperature Control
The IRT system will allow the operator to enable and disable control for HVAC while in the IRT state. The operator will be able to select a temperature range for the system to maintain. While the IRT system is maintaining the cabin temperature range, it will override user HVAC inputs.

Cab Temperature - HVAC Cooling
Cooling setpoints will be
80 degrees Fahrenheit,
75 degrees Fahrenheit, and
70 degrees
Fahrenheit
If the cabin temperature rises
5 degrees above the setpoint, the IRT system will initiate the 60 second startup sequence to start the engine. While the engine is running, the IRT system will turn blowers on at
100
percent and command maximum cooling.

When cabin temperature falls
5 degrees below the setpoint, the IRT system will initiate the 60 second shutdown sequence.

Cab Temperature - HVAC Heating
Heating setpoints will be
55 degrees Fahrenheit,
60 degrees Fahrenheit, and
65 degrees
Fahrenheit
If the cabin temperature falls
5 degrees below the setpoint, the IRT system will initiate the 60 second startup sequence to start the engine. While the engine is running, the IRT system will turn blowers on at
100
percent and command maximum heating.

When cabin temperature rises
5 degrees above the setpoint, the IRT system will initiate the 60 second shutdown sequence.

Touch Screen Operation
Virtual Switch
No virtual switch panel operations will be allowed while in IRT mode. Overhead switch panels will still functional while the auto start system is active. This will allow the NFPA warning, DOT, and scene lights to be turned off or on.

Debugging Command Zone
Debugging will not be allowed while the IRT is "Operational".

Command Zone Information Screen Operation
Once the IRT system is enabled and interlock requirements are met the IRT system mode screen will be displayed.

Two (
2 ) control switches will appear on the display. Indicators and colors are built into the firmware of the system and cannot be changed.

Virtual IRT enable switch will be located on the left-hand side of the screen.

The inner green ring will default to ON when the system is enabled.

The IRT can be activated and deactivated depressing the center of the switch.

The IRT can only be disabled for the current ignition switch cycle and will reactivate to the ON state during the next cycle.

The outer segments of the IRT switch show the State of Charge (SOC). All segments green indicates the lithium-ion battery pack is at a full state of charge. Segment colors will turn off clockwise as the SOC of the battery pack is decreased. When one remaining segment is shown it will turn amber showing the SOC is low. If the truck is in IRT mode with engine off, it will auto start the engine and will not re-enter IRT mode until SOC is
80 percent or higher.

Virtual IRT shutdown switch is located below the IRT switch and can be utilized to enter IRT immediately when IRT interlock requirements are met prior to the timed interval to shut the engine off.

Virtual bar graph below the IRT switch will indicate the amperage draw from the lithium-ion battery pack in the IRT mode for all lights and or loads activated with the engine off.

Virtual bar graph displays a bar in the center of the graph that will indicate the truck specific amperage requirements from the report for NFPA, DOT and user defined mission critical options selected to operate in the IRT mode. Activations of additional loads will show the green bar go above the center point. The bar used only as a gauge to view that amperage usage is higher than reported and will decrease time with engine in IRT mode. Operator may activate loads as needed through the fully integrated system.

Virtual cab temperature control switch will be located on the right-hand side of the screen.

The virtual cab temperature control switch inner green ring will retain the previous setting when the system is enabled.

The cab temperature switch can be activated and deactivated by depressing the switch center.

Arrow buttons below the switch will move the cab temperature switch left or right. There are three 12 911
Bid #:

selections each for cooling or heating the cab. These ranges are set in firmware and cannot be modified.

The bar graph below the cab temperature switch will have a green indicator showing where the operator setpoint is selected.

The operator will have
3 cooling setpoints (
80 degrees Fahrenheit,
75 degrees Fahrenheit,
70 degrees Fahrenheit).

The operator will have
3 heating setpoints (
55 degrees Fahrenheit,
60 degrees Fahrenheit,
65 degrees Fahrenheit).

Deactivation of the cab temperature switch will increase the amount of IRT engine off time to maximum efficiency because the engine will not have to start and stop as needed to keep the requested temperature range in the cab to meet operational requirements for each department. 0732613
Not Required, Location IRT Power
Converter
0732621
SP
Approved, Idle Reduction System

0735687
Engine Brake, Fully Integrated,
Paccar MX13 Engine

ENGINE BRAKE
The compression release brake option is a fully integrated MX engine braking system. It utilizes the turbocharger and backpressure valve, but adds in a hydraulically operated compression brake to increase overall retarding power.

To maximize the effectiveness of the compression brake the MX engine brake system works in conjunction with the turbocharger and back pressure valve.

The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low
setting
0644227
Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CLUTCH FAN
A fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and constantly engaged when in "Pump" position. 0584898
Shutoff Valves, Cab & Crew Cab
Heater, w/Labels

HEATER SHUTOFF
The cab and crew cab heaters will be provided with a shut-off valve installed in the supply line. This valve will be in an accessible location.

Shut-off valve will be labeled for easy recognition.
0644573
Air Intake, Water & Ember Screen,
Saber FR/Enforcer

ENGINE AIR INTAKE
The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from the front of the apparatus through the radiator grille.

The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt and recirculating hot air from entering the engine.

The ember separator will be easily accessible by tilting the cab. 0794743
Exhaust System, 5", X12/X15, MX13,
Engine, Horizontal, Right Side

EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system will include a Single Module
™
aftertreatment device to meet current EPA
standards. The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the inlet of the aftertreatment device, and will be

5.00 " in diameter. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipes between the turbo and aftertreatment device to minimize the heat loss to the aftertreatment device. The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels.

A tailpipe diffuser will be provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser.
0788765
Radiator, Saber FR/Enforcer

RADIATOR
The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards.

For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes.

The radiator core will have a minimum front area of
1060
square inches.

Supply tank will be made of heavy duty glass-reinforced nylon and the return tank will be mode of aluminum. Both tanks will be crimped onto the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. There will be a full steel frame around the inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability.

The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions.

The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven terrain.

The radiator will include a de-aeration/expansion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief
cap.

A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system.

Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 13 911
Bid #:

0001090
Cooling Hoses, Rubber

COOLANT LINES
Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by Pierce Manufacturing.

Hose clamps will be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They will expand and contract according to coolant system temperature thereby keeping a constant clamping pressure on the hose.
0735965
SP
Fuel Tank, 65 Gallon, Dual Fills,
Common Air Bottle Doors, Painted

FUEL TANK
A
65 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at rear of chassis. The tank will be constructed of
12 -gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps. (no exception).

A .
75 " drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be located on the left hand and right hand sides of the body and be covered with a painted triangular door. The fuel fill inlet will be marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only." A .
50 " diameter vent will be provided running from top of tank to just below fuel fill inlets.

The tank will meet all FHWA
393.67
requirements including a fill capacity of
95 percent of tank
volume.

Servicing the fuel tank pick-up tubes and fuel gauge sending unit will be capable of being accomplished by draining fuel and dropping tank.
0001129
Lines, Fuel
All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. 0734655
DEF Tank, 7.3 Gallon, LS Fill, Under
Cab, Paccar, Fill Dr, ENF

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK
A

7.3 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted under the cab on the driver's side.

A fill inlet will be provided on the driver's side of the cab. The door will be vertically hinged and secured by a
lift and turn latch
and be
painted
.
0552793
Not Required, Fuel Priming Pump

0552607
Shutoff Valves (2), Fuel Line @ Filter

FUEL SHUTOFF
A shutoff valve will be installed in the fuel line, on both sides of the fuel filter. 0699437
Cooler, Chassis Fuel, Not Req'd.

0690880
No Selection Required From This
Category

0887546
Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4000 EVS P,
w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf

TRANSMISSION
An Allison
6 th generation, Model EVS
4000
P, electronic, torque converting, automatic
transmission will be provided.

The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due.

Two (
2 ) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and
1 o'clock).

A transmission temperature gauge with an amber light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel.
0625331
Transmission, Shifter, 6-Spd, Push
Button, 4000 EVS

TRANSMISSION SHIFTER
A six (
6 )-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation.

The transmission ratio will be:
1 st

3.51 to

1.00 2
nd

1.91 to

1.00 3
rd

1.43 to

1.00 4
th

1.00 to

1.00 5
th

0.75 to

1.00 6
th

0.64 to

1.00 R

4.80 to

1.00 0684459
Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine,
External

TRANSMISSION COOLER
A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature.
14 911
Bid #:

0792887
SP
Mode, Auxiliary Preselect, (less
aggressive) Set to 3rd Gear, 6 Speed

DOWNSHIFT MODE (w/auxiliary brake)
The transmission will be provided with a less aggressive downshift mode.

This will provide less aggressive transmission downshifts to 3 rd gear, resulting in softer
downshifting when the auxiliary brake is active.
0559012
Program, Transmission, Shift To
Neutral, With Prk Brk

TRANSMISSION PROGRAM
The transmission will shift to neutral when parking brake is set. 0001375
Driveline, Spicer 1810

DRIVELINE
Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1810
universal joints.

The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation.

A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. 0734211
Steering, Sheppard M110 w/Tilt, TAK-
4, Paccar Pump, w/Cooler, Paccar

STEERING
Dual Sheppard, Model M
110
, steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and Paccar hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings.

A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations.
0802950
Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke w/Wiper
Control, Saber FR/Enforcer

STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel will be

18.00 " in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a four (
4 )-spoke design.

There will be a switch pod provided on the left side of the steering wheel between the spokes.

The switch pods will be an integral part of the steering wheel. The following switches will be provided:

Windshield wash
Wiper intermittent speed increase
Wiper intermittent speed decrease
Hi/Lo wiper speed
Wiper off
0690274
Logo/Emblem, on Dash

LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON DASH
The dash panel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (
3 ) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (
8 ) characters in the first row,
11 characters in the second row and
11 characters in the third row.

The first row of text will be:

City of
The second row of text will be:

Merced
The third row of text will be:

Fire Department
0606441
Bumper, 19" Extended, Steel Painted,
Saber FR/Enforcer
BUMPER
A one (
1 )-piece bumper manufactured from

0.25 " formed steel with a

0.38 " bend radius will be
provided. The bumper will be a minimum of

10.00 " high with a

1.50 " top and bottom flange, and
will extend

19.00 " from the face of the cab. The bumper will be

95.28 " wide with
45 degree
corners and side plates. The bumper will be metal finished and painted job color.

To provide adequate support strength, the bumper will be mounted directly to the front of the C channel frame. The frame will be a bolted modular extension frame constructed of 50,000
psi
tensile steel.

Gravel Pan
A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and the cab face. The pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration.
0640197
Tray, Hose, Center, 19" Bumper,
Outside Air Horns

CENTER HOSE TRAY
A hose tray, constructed of aluminum, will be placed in the center of the bumper extension.

The tray will have a capacity of
100
' of

1.75 " double jacket cotton-polyester hose
.

Black rubber grating
will be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes are also provided. 0630210
No Selection Required, Cover
Selected in Bumper Accessories

0784779
SP
Notch/Tray, "California" Style Front
Inlet, Welded Treadplate Style

BUMPER NOTCH AND TRAY
The front bumper will be provided with a "U" shaped notch, forward of the passenger side front inlet. The notch will provide smooth transition from the tray located forward of the inlet.

Tray will be of the welded bright aluminum treadplate style, blended into the bumper deck. Tray will have capacity for
30 ' of

5.00 " double jacket cotton-polyester hose
.

Black rubber grating
will be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes will be provided. 15 911
Bid #:

0633453
Hose Restraint, Bumper Tray, Velcro
Straps, Pair
Right Side Hose Tray Restraint
There will be
two (
2 ) pairs
hose tray restraint straps over the right side hose tray.

The restraints will be a pair of

2.00 " wide black nylon straps with Velcro® fasteners provided. The strap(s) will be used to secure the hose in the tray.
0778092
Lift & Tow Package, Enforcer

LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS
Mounted to the frame extension will be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts will be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems.

The lift and tow mounts with eyes will be painted the same color as the frame. 0061058
Tow Eyes, Below Deck, S/S

TOW EYES
Two (
2 ) .
75 " thick stainless steel tow eyes will be installed under the bumper and attached to the front frame members. The tow eyes will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 9,000
lb
straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow eyes will not be used for lifting of the apparatus.

The tow eyes will not be painted.
0640400
SP
Coating, Front Bumper, California
Notch Opening, Protective UL-LX
Coating

UL-LX COATING - FRONT BUMPER TRAY
Protective UL-LX® coating will be provided for
one (
1 )
bumper tray(s) located
Front Bumper
.

The UL-LX® will be
Black
in color.

The coating will be properly installed by an authorized UL-LX® dealer. 0698960
Coating, Top Flange, Front Bumper,
Outside Exterior, UL-LX Coating,
Black

FRONT BUMPER UL-LX COATING
Protective black UL-LX® coating will be provided on the outside exterior of the top front bumper flange. It will not be sprayed on the underside of the flange.

The lining will be properly installed by an authorized UL-LX dealer. 16 911
Bid #:

0625650
Cab, Enforcer, 7000

CAB
The Enforcer cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and manufactured by the chassis builder.

The cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises.

For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be a heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards.

The cab will have
12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner posts), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts), and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of solid A
356
-T
5 aluminum castings. The B-pillar and C-pillar will be
constructed from

0.13 " wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two ( 2 )

2.00 " x

2.00 "
outer aluminum extrusions and two (
2 )

2.00 " x

1.00 " inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical
structural members will run from the floor to

4.625
" x

3.864
" x

0.090
" thick roof extrusions to
provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a

0.25 " thick
corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly.

The front of the cab will be constructed of a

0.13 " firewall plate, covered with a

0.090
" front skin
(for a total thickness of

0.22 "), and reinforced with a full width x

0.50 " thick cross-cab support
located just below the windshield and fully welded to the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will run the full width of the cab and weld to each A-pillar, the

0.13 " firewall plate, and the front
skin.

The cab floors will be constructed of

0.125
" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall
with an additional

0.25 " thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of

0.375
" of structural
material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with two ( 2 ) triangular

0.30 " wall extrusions that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the floor wireway of the cab to the engine tunnel side plates, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab.

The cab will be

96.00 " wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum maneuverability.

The overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately

99.00 ". The overall height
listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight rating, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed.

The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be

54.50 " in the center and outboard positions.

The crew cab floor will measure

46.00 " from the rear wall to the back side of the rear facing seat risers.

The medium block engine tunnel, at the rearward highest point (knee level), will measure

61.50 "
to the rear wall. The big block engine tunnel will measure

51.50 " to the rear wall.

The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants.

The cab will be a full tilt cab style.

A
3 -point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab.

CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL
For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be painted to match the cab roof, and bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof.

INTERIOR CAB INSULATION
The cab will include

1.00 " insulation in the ceiling,

1.50 " insulation in the side walls, and

2.00 "
insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation.

FENDER LINERS
Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided.

PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD
A one (
1 )-piece safety glass windshield will be provided with over 2,775
square inches of clear
viewing area. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (
3 ) layers: outer light, middle safety laminate, and inner light. The outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance.

WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Three (
3 ) electric windshield wipers with washer will be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements.

The washer reservoir will be able to be filled without raising the cab. 0747442
Engine Tunnel, X12, MX13, Enforcer

ENGINE TUNNEL
Engine hood side walls will be constructed of

0.375
" aluminum. The top will be constructed of

0.125
" aluminum and will be tapered at the top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow room.

The engine hood will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current NFPA 1901
standards.

The engine tunnel will be no higher than

17.00 " off the crew cab floor.
0610508
Rear Wall, Interior, Adjustable
Seating, Not Available
0632103
Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING
The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be painted job color
.
17 911
Bid #:

0639726
Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override,
Unlocked Ind Light, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB LIFT
A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves.

Hydraulic pump will have a manual override for backup in the event of electrical failure.

Lift controls will be located on the right side pump panel or front area of the body in a convenient location. A "cab unlocked" indicator light will be located at the controls that will indicate when the cab is not in the locked position for safe road travel.

The cab will be capable of tilting
43 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal.

The cab will be locked down by a
2 -point normally closed spring loaded hook type latch that fully engages after the cab has been lowered. The system will be hydraulically actuated to release the normally closed locks when the cab lift control is in the raised position and cab lift system is under pressure. When the cab is completely lowered and system pressure has been relieved, the spring loaded latch mechanisms will return to the normally closed and locked position.

The hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position.

For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the left side between the chassis and cab frame when the cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered.

Cab Lift Interlock
The cab lift system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. 0791845
SP
Rubber Bumper for the Cab Lift Stay
Arm

PROTECTION, BUMPER ON CAB LIFT STAY ARM
A rubber bumper will be supplied for the cab lift stay arm where it contacts the paint. 0550343
Special Circuit, Cab Tilt w/o Ignition
Switch

CAB TILT CIRCUIT
The cab tilt mechanism will be operational with the battery switch on and with parking brake set. 0695930
Grille, Bright Finished, Front of Cab,
Enforcer
GRILLE
A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab.
0002224
Scuffplates, S/S At Cab Door Jambs,
4-Door Cab

DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES
All cab door jambs will be furnished with a
polished stainless steel
scuffplate, mounted on the
striker side of the jamb.
0012226
Scuffplates, S/S Corner Guard,
Polished, Rear Cab Corners

SCUFFPLATES, REAR CAB CORNER GUARDS
Both rear cab corners will be furnished with a full height, polished stainless steel corner guard scuffplate. The guard will extend

1.00 " from the corner to protect paint from damage when pulling items (such as booster hose) around the cab.
0647932
Not Required, Trim, S/S Band, Across
Cab Face, AXT/Dash
CF/Saber/Enforcer
0015440
No Chrome Molding, On side of cab

0521669
Mirrors, Retrac, West Coast Style,
Htd/Rmt, w/Htd/Rmt Convex

MIRRORS
A Retrac, Model
613423
, dual vision, motorized, west coast style mirror, with chrome finish, will be mounted on each side of the front cab door with spring loaded retractable arms. The flat glass and convex glass will be heated and adjustable with remote control within reach of the driver. 18 911
Bid #:

0648171
Door, Half-Height, Saber FR/Enforcer
4-Door Cab, Level Roof
DOORS
To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab door openings will be a minimum of

37.50 " wide x

63.37 " high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab door openings will be a minimum of

34.30 " wide x

63.37 " high.

The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of

0.093
". The exterior door skins will be constructed from

0.090
" aluminum.

A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The finish of the door handle will be
chrome/black
. The exterior handle will be designed
specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide

4.00 " wide x

2.00 "
deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide

4.00 " wide x

1.25 " deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy
gloved hands.

The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model
751
. The locks will be capable of activating
when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed.

A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a

0.38 " pin and
11 gauge leaf will
be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit.

A chrome handle will be provided on the inside of each cab door for ease of entry.

A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted.

The bottom cab step at each cab door location will be located below the cab doors and will be exposed to the exterior of the cab.
0655537
Door Panel, Polished Stainless Steel,
Saber/Enforcer 4-Door Cab
Door Panels
The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of polished stainless steel. 0630636
Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows,
4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber
FR/Enforcer

ELECTRIC OPERATED CAB DOOR WINDOWS
All four (
4 ) cab doors will be equipped with electric operated windows with one ( 1 ) flush mounted
automotive style switch on each door. The driver's door will have four ( 4 ) switches, one (
1 ) to
control each door window.

Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second.
0603190
Electric Door Locks, Cab Doors, EMS
Doors, QXS, AXT, Sab, Enf

ELECTRIC CAB DOOR LOCKS
The front driver and officer doors will have a door lock master switch that will control all front and rear crew cab door locks. Each rear crew cab door will have its own lock control.

The EMS exterior door compartments will have a mechanism provided to allow the door to have keyless entry. Only the exterior EMS compartment doors will be tied to the lock master switch.

There will be one (
1 ) concealed switch located in an easily accessible chassis specific location that will unlock all the doors.
0530744
SP
Locks, Cab Doors,
Engaged/Disengaged w/Prk Brk

DOOR LOCKS
All the cab door locks will lock when the parking brake is disengaged, and then unlock when the parking brake is engaged.
0638310
Steps, 4-Door Cab, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB STEPS
The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two ( 2 ) step design to provide
largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum

25.00 " wide, and the
crew cab steps will be

21.65 " wide with a

10.00 " minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not
exceed

16.50 " in height.

The vertical surfaces of the step well will be
painted
.
0770194
Handrail, Exterior, Knurled, Alum, 4-
Door Cab

CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS
A

1.25 " diameter slip-resistant, knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. 0892638
Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps,
P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts

STEP LIGHTS
There will be six (
6 ) white LED step lights with
chrome housing
installed for cab and crew cab
access steps.

One (
1 ) light for the left access steps.

Two (
2 ) lights for the left side crew cab access steps.

Two (
2 ) lights for the right side crew cab access steps.

One (
1 ) light for the right side access step.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles
(fc) covering an entire
15 " x
15 " square placed ten (
10 ) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire
30 " x
30 " square at the same ten (
10 ) inch distance below the light.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the adjacent door is opened. 19 911
Bid #:

0583698
Fenders, S/S on cab, Extra Wide,
Saber/Enf

FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. 0785414
Handrail, 7", Below Cab Windshield,
Pair

HANDRAILS BELOW CAB WINDSHIELD
A

7.00 " long x

1.25 " diameter handrail will be mounted below the front cab windshield, one ( 1 ) on
each side. The handrails will be extruded aluminum with a ribbed design to provide a positive gripping surface.
0042105
No Windows, Side of Crew Cab

0786279
Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Right
Side, Privacy Dark Gray

RIGHT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the right side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0786290
Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Left
Side, Privacy Dark Gray

LEFT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the left side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0738678
Door Stop, Exterior Pan Doors,
Extended Opening

EXTERIOR ACCESS PAN DOOR
The exterior access pan door/s located
RS & LS EMS compartment Doors
will be provided with
the capability to open to
110
degrees
degrees. A quantity of
two (
2 )
door(s) will receive this
modification.
0894089
Dash, Heavy Duty Metal, Enforcer

CAB DASH
The driver side dash, switch panel located to the right of the driver, and center console will be constructed of aluminum and
painted fire smoke gray
.

The officer side dash will be a flat top design with an upper beveled edge to provide easy maintenance and will be constructed out of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

The instrument gauge cluster will be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the same shape of the instrument gauge cluster.
0790992
Work Surface, 3/16" Alum, Full
Engine Tunnel, SFR/Enf

WORK SURFACE
There will be a work surface provided on the engine tunnel. The work surface will be flat. It will not contour to the engine tunnel. The front of the work surface will be spaced off the engine tunnel
.
50 "
. The work surface will cover the entire engine tunnel and will be constructed of

0.19 "
aluminum to allow for the mounting of equipment. A center support will be supplied to keep the rear center of the work surface from bending downward at the rear. The end of the work surface will bend downwards for support. The work surface will be painted to match the cab interior
.
0750824
Cab Interior, Vinyl Headliner, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CARE

CAB INTERIOR
The cab interior will be constructed of primarily metal (painted aluminum) to withstand the severe duty cycles of the fire service.

The engine tunnel will be
padded and covered, on the top and sides, with dark silver gray 36 ounce leather grain vinyl resistant to oil, grease, and mildew .

For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls will be painted aluminum. The rear wall will be
painted aluminum
.

The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be vinyl. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be installed on an aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling.

The forward portion of the cab headliner will permit easy access for service of electrical wiring or other maintenance needs.

All wiring will be placed in metal raceways.

CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY
The cab interior upholstery will be
36 oz dark silver gray vinyl
.
0753903
Cab Interior, Paint Color, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB INTERIOR PAINT
The cab interior metal surfaces, excluding the rear heater panels, will be painted fire smoke gray,
vinyl texture paint
.

The rear heater panels will be painted black, vinyl textured paint. 0052100
Floor, Rubber Padded, Cab & Crew
Cab, Saber/Enforcer

CAB FLOOR
The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with Polydamp ™
acoustical floor mat consisting
of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler.

The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a

0.25 " thick closed cell foam (no water
absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. 20 911
Bid #:

0722696
HVAC, Enforcer, CARE

DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area.

Cab Defroster
A
54,000
BTU heater-defroster unit with
690
SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The
heater-defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following:

One (
1 ) adjustable will be directed towards the left side cab window One (
1 ) adjustable will be directed towards the right side cab window Six (
6 ) fixed outlets will be directed at the windshield
The defroster will be capable of clearing
98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at
0 degrees Fahrenheit for
10 hours, and
a
2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield.

The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J
382
requirements.

Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater
There will be
no auxiliary heater provided in the rear facing seat risers .

Air Conditioning
A condenser will be a
59,644
BTU output that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be mounted on the radiator.

The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100

degrees Fahrenheit to
75 degrees Fahrenheit at
50 percent relative humidity within
30 minutes.

The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100
degrees
Fahrenheit for a minimum of
4 hours.

The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel.

The evaporator will include one (
1 ) high performance heating core, one (
1 ) high performance
cooling core with (
1 ) plenum directed to the front and one (
1 ) plenum directed to the rear of the
cab. The rear plenum will be covered with
a metal cover painted to match the cab interior
.

The evaporator unit will have a
52,000
BTU at
690
SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the
performance specifications.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following:

Four (
4 ) will be directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab Four (
4 ) will be directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the rear plenum cover per the following:

Minimum of five (
5 ) will be directed towards crew cab area
A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be
secured with four (
4 ) screws
.

The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-
134
A and will be installed by a certified technician.

Climate Control
An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (
3 ) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and
air flow distribution (front to rear) control.

The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature.

The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob.

Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to
100
percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position.

The system controller will be located
within panel position
#12
.

Gravity Drain Tubes
Two (
2 ) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (
2 ) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan.

No pumps will be provided.
0639675
Sun Visor, Smoked Lexan, AXT,
Imp/Vel, Saber FR/Enforcer

SUN VISORS
Two (
2 ) smoked Lexan
™
sun visors will be provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (
1 ) mounted on each side of the cab.

There will be
a black plastic thumb latch
provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed
position.
0634328
Grab Handles, Driver and Officer
Door Posts, Saber FR/Enforcer

GRAB HANDLES
A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver and officer's side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handles will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield.
0583938
Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto
Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen, Model
3 SC
0 CDCR,
12 volt DC,

3.00 " white LED light(s) with
Whelen, Model
3 FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination.

These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised. 0631830
Fluid Check Access, Saber
FR/Enforcer, Arrow XT

ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS
For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface.

The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling.

The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One ( 1 )
lift and turn latch
will
be provided on the access door.
21 911
Bid #:

0724066
SP
Radio Cover, 14" W x 7" D x 22" H,
Map box, 1 bin, Open Top/Btm

MAP BOX
A radio cover with one bin map box will be installed vertically RS EMS cabinet in board, Upper
Left hand corner
.

The radio cover will be enclosed on three (
3 ) sides, the bottom will remain open. Louvers will be provided on two (
2 ) sides of the cover. No louvers will be provided on the front. The size will be

14.00 " wide x

22.00 " high x

4.00 " deep.

A mounting flange will be provided on three (
3 ) sides of the radio cover to allow for easy access
to the mounting hardware.

A map box will be welded to the front of the radio cover. The map box will be

14.00 " wide x

12.00 "
high x

3.00 " deep. There will be no top or bottom only sides of this box. It will be constructed of .
125
" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. 0802025
SP
Map Box, 5 Bins, Open Top, 1 Center
Tray, 2 Cup Holders

MAP BOX WITH CUP HOLDERS
There will be
one (
1 )
map box(es), open from top, provided. The map box(es) will be installed TBD at Final Inspection
. Each map box will be divided into five (
5 ) bins. Each bin will be

2.00 "
wide x

8.00 " high x

11.50 " long. There will be a Velcro strap permanently installed in the rear of the box and fastening to the front of the box to secure map books.

There will be two (
2 ) cup holders located at the front of the map box, one ( 1 ) on each side.

Between the cup holders will be a

4.75 " wide x

3.50 " high x

5.50 " long tray.

Each map box will be constructed of

0.125
" aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.
0583039
Not Required, Side Roll and Frontal
Impact Protection
0622617
Seating Capacity, 6 Seats

SEATING CAPACITY
The seating capacity in the cab will be six (
6 ).
0636957
Seat, Driver, Pierce PSV, Air Ride,
High Back, Saber FR/Enforcer

DRIVER SEAT
A seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (

6.00 " travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel-bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have an adjustable reclining back. The seat back will be a high back style with side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with

17.00 "
deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0632923
Seat, Officer, Pierce PSV, Air Ride,
High Back, Saber FR/Enforcer

OFFICER SEAT
A seat will be provided in the cab for the passenger. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle and
side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with

17.00 "
deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0002517
Not Required, Radio Compartment
0771806
Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 26.75 W x
34 H x 23 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf

REAR FACING LEFT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the left side outboard position.

The cabinet will be

26.75 " wide x

34.00 " high x

23.00 " deep.

The cabinet will include
one (
1 ) infinitely adjustable shelf with a

0.75 " up-turned lip
painted to
match the cab interior
.

The cabinet will include
no louvers
.

The cabinet will provide access only from outside the cab with one (
1 ) reverse hinged double pan
door painted to match the cab exterior with a locking D-ring latch with #751
key
. The door will be
located on the side of the cab over the wheelwell. A
pneumatic stay arm
will be provided as a
door stop. The clear door opening will be

17.00 " wide x

29.25 " high.

The exterior access will be provided with
a polished stainless steel scuffplate
on the lower door
frame.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be
one (
1 ) Amdor H
2 O LED strip light installed on the right side of the exterior cabinet door opening
. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0102783
Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C,
Center
22 911
Bid #:

0767429
Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 26.75 W x
34 H x 22 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf

REAR FACING RIGHT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the right side outboard position.

The cabinet will be

26.75 " wide x

34.00 " high x

22.00 " deep.

The cabinet will include
one (
1 ) infinitely adjustable shelf with a

0.75 " up-turned lip
painted to
match the cab interior
.

The cabinet will include
no louvers
.

The cabinet will also provide access from outside the cab with one (
1 ) reverse hinged double pan
door painted to match the cab exterior with a locking D-ring latch with #751
key
. A
pneumatic stay
arm
will be provided as a door stop. The exterior clear door opening will be

17.00 " wide x

29.25 "
high.

The exterior access will be provided with
a polished stainless steel scuffplate
on the lower door
frame.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be
one (
1 ) Amdor H
2 O LED strip light installed on the left side of the exterior cabinet door opening
. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0632949
Seat, Forward Facing C/C, DS
Outboard, Pierce PSV, Hi-Back,
Foldup, Saber FR/Enf

FORWARD FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (
1 ) forward facing, foldup seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle. For
optimal comfort, the seat will be a minimum of

15.00 " from the front of the cushion to the face of
the seat back and designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0632658
Seat, Forward Facing C/C, Center,
(2) Pierce PSV, SCBA, Saber
FR/Enforcer

FORWARD FACING CENTER SEATS
There will be two (
2 ) forward facing seats provided at the center position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seats will be provided with

15.00 " deep foam cushions designed with EVC
(elastomeric vibration control).

The seat back will be an SCBA style with
90 degree back. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable
from front to rear in

1.00 " increments to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seats will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0632875
Seat, Forward Facing C/C, PS
Outboard, Pierce PSV, Hi-Back,
Foldup, Saber FR/Enf

FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (
1 ) forward facing foldup seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle. For
optimal comfort, the seat will be a minimum of

15.00 " from the front of the cushion to the face of
the seat back and designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0778562
SP
Pull Bar w/2" Strap. for Seat Belt
Buckle Fasteners on EMS Cabinet
Netting

PULL BAR AND STRAP
A pull bar with a

2.00 " wide
red
pull strap on each end shall be provided on the EMS cabinet web restraint. A pull bar shall be provided to connect the seat belt buckles allowing one strap to release multiple latches at one time.
0752005
Lip, Top of Interior Cabinet, All Sides

LIP ON CABINET
There will be a

0.75 "
lip provided around the top perimeter of the cabinet. There will NOT be anything stored on the top portion without restraints
There will be
two (
2 )
cabinets(s) provided with the lip
RS and LS interior crew cab outboard EMS
Cabinets
.
0746506
Lip, Top of Interior Cabinet, All Sides,
2nd

LIP ON CABINET
There will be a

1.00 "
lip provided around the top perimeter of the cabinet. There will NOT be anything stored on the top portion without restraints
There will be
one (
1 )
cabinets(s) provided with the lip
Crew Cab Rear facing Cabinet (rear of
engine tunnel)
.
0747584
SP
Cabinet, Rear Facing, Top Eng Tnl,

41.50 W x 18 H x 15 D, 2" Web,
SFR/Enf

REAR FACING CENTER CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided on the top rear of the engine tunnel.

The cabinet will be

41.50 " wide x

18.00 " high x

15.00 " deep at the top. The back of the cabinet
will taper to match the angle of the tunnel so that the front of the cabinet is flush with the rear of the engine tunnel.

The interior door will be web netting. The netting will be made with

2.00 " wide nylon material with

2.00 " openings. The nylon webbing will be permanently fastened at the bottom
side of the cabinet
and have
seat belt buckle
fasteners on the opposite side to secure it. The clear door opening of the cabinet will be

39.00 " wide x

15.00 " high.

The cabinet will include
no adjustable shelves or trays
painted to match the cab interior
.

The cabinet will include
no louvers
.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be
one (
1 ) white LED strip light installed horizontally above the interior cabinet door opening
. The light will be controlled by a rocker switch on the front of the cabinet. 23 911
Bid #:

0766467
Upholstery, Seats In Cab, All Vinyl,
Seats Inc, CARE

SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All seat upholstery will be leather grain
36 oz dark silver gray vinyl
resistant to oil, grease and
mildew. The cab will have
six (
6 )
seating positions.
0543991
Bracket, Air Bottle, Hands-Free II,
Cab Seats

AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS
All SCBA type seats in the cab will have a "Hands-Free" auto clamp style bracket in its backrest.

For efficiency and convenience, the bracket will include an automatic spring clamp that allows the occupant to store the SCBA bottle by simply pushing it into the seat back. For protection of all occupants in the cab, in the event of an accident, the inertial components within the clamp will constrain the SCBA bottle in the seat and will exceed the NFPA standard of 9 G.

There will be a quantity of
two (
2 )
SCBA brackets.
0603866
Seat Belt, Dual Retractor,
ReadyReach, Saber FR/Enforcer

SEAT BELTS
All cab and tiller cab (if applicable) seating positions will have red
seat belts. To provide quick,
easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of NFPA
1901
and CAN/ULC - S
515
standards.

The
3 -point shoulder type seat belts will include height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. The 3 -point shoulder type seat belts
will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position.

The
3 -point shoulder type belts will also include the ReadyReach D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location.

Any flip up seats will include a
3 -point shoulder type belts only.

To ensure safe operation, the seats will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. 0602464
Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA 2016

HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

14.1.7.4.1 requires a location for helmet storage be provided.

There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets.
0647647
Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED 4 Lts

CAB DOME LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) dual LED dome lights with
grey
bezels provided. Two (
2 ) lights will be
mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two ( 2 ) lights will be installed and
located, one (
1 ) on each side of the crew cab.

The color of the LED's will be
red and white
.

The white LED's will be controlled by
the door switches and the lens switch
.

The color LED's will be controlled by
the lens switch
.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each white LED dome light will provide a minimum of

10.1 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire

20.00 " x

20.00 " square seating position when mounted

40.00 " above the seat.
0896451
Enhanced Software for Cab and
Crew Cab Dome Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR CAB AND CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS
The cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for
10 seconds for improved visibility after the
doors are closed.

The dome lights will dim after
10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle's transmission is put into gear.
0602637
Portable Hand Light, Provided by Fire
Dept, Pumper NFPA 2016
Classification

PORTABLE HAND LIGHTS, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

5.9.4 requires two portable hand lights mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus.

The hand lights are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount these hand lights.
0622803
Cab Instruments, Black Gauges,
Black Bezels, Enforcer MUX

CAB INSTRUMENTATION
The cab instrument panel include gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lamps, control switches, alarms, and a diagnostic panel. The function of the instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section, forward of the driver. The gauge assembly and switch panels are designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership.

Gauges
The gauge panel will include the following ten (
10 ) black faced gauges with black bezels to
monitor vehicle performance:

Voltmeter gauge (volts):

Low volts (

11.8 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
High volts (

15.5 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low volts (

11.3 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very high volts (

16.0 VDC)
24 911
Bid #:

Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Tachometer (RPM)
Speedometer MPH (Major Scale), KM/H (Minor Scale)
Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fuel (
1/8
full)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low fuel (
1/32
full)
Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Oil pressure Gauge (PSI):

Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Front Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Rear Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarms Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fluid (
1/8
full)
Amber indicator light in gauge dial
All gauges will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Indicator Lamps
To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be located on the instrument panel in clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols.

The following amber telltale lamps will be present:

Low coolant
Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable)
Check engine
Check trans (check transmission
Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat
Air rest (air restriction)
Caution (triangle symbol)
Water in fuel
DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration)
Trailer ABS (where applicable)
Wait to start (where applicable)
HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) ABS (antilock brake system)
MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) Side roll fault (where applicable)
Front air bag fault (where applicable)
The following red telltale lamps will be present:

Warning (stop sign symbol)
Seat belt
Parking brake
Stop engine
Rack down
The following green telltale lamps will be provided:

Left turn
Right turn
Battery on
The following blue telltale lamp will be provided:

High beam
Alarms
Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present.

Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present.

Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (
3 ) to five (
5 ) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every
30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively.

Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove-Out
A system will be provided which automatically tests telltale indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Control Switches
For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.

Headlight/Parking light switch: A three (
3 )-position maintained rocker switch will be
provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking and headlights. The second 25 911
Bid #:

switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch will activate the headlights.

Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A three ( 3 )-position momentary rocker switch
will be provided. Pressing the top half of the switch, "Panel Up" increases the panel back lighting intensity and pressing the bottom half of the switch, "Panel Down" decreases the panel back lighting intensity. Pressing the half or bottom half of the switch several times will allow back lighting intensity to be gradually varied from minimum to maximum intensity level for ease of use.

Ignition switch: A three (
3 )-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided.

The first switch position will turn off and deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition and will perform prove-out on the telltale indicators and alarms for
3 to
5 seconds after the switch is turned on. A green indicator lamp is activated with vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will temporarily silence all active cab alarms. An alarm "chirp" may continue as long as alarm condition exists.

Switching ignition to off position will terminate the alarm silence feature and reset function of cab alarm system.

Engine start switch: A two (
2 )-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation.

Hazard switch will be provided on the instrument panel or on the steering column.

Heater, defroster, and air conditioning control panel.

Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight controls will be provided.

Windshield wiper control will have high, low and intermittent modes.

Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided.

Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel.

High idle engagement switch: A momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The switch will activate and deactivate the high idle function. The "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged.
"OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement.

Emergency switching will be controlled by
multiple individual warning light switches for
various groups or areas of emergency warning lights. An Emergency Master switch provided on the instrument panel that enables or disables all individual warning light switches is included
.

An additional "Emergency Master" button will be provided on the lower left hand corner of the gauge panel to allow convenient control of the "Emergency Master" system from inside the driver's door when standing on the ground.

Custom Switch Panels
The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (
4 ) switch panels in the lower instrument console and up to six ( 6 ) switch
panels in the overhead visor console. All switches have backlit labels for low light conditions.

Diagnostic Panel
A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist.

The diagnostic panel will include the following:

Engine diagnostic port
Transmission diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic port
Roll sensor diagnostic port
Command Zone USB diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) Cab LCD Display
A digital four (
4 )-row by
20 -character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel.

The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (
3 ) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function.

The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature.

The upper right section will display the following, along with other configuration specific information:

Odometer
Trip mileage
PTO hours
Fuel consumption
Engine hours
The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm.

The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist.
0509511
Air Restriction Indicator, Imp/Vel,
AXT, Dash CF, Enf MUX

AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR
A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided.
26 911
Bid #:

0543751
Light, Do Not Move Apparatus

"DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR
A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On."
The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a pulsing alarm

when the parking brake is released.
0509042
Messages, Open Dr/DNMT, Color
Dsply,

DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES
Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone
™,
color display located within sight of the
driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged).

The following messages will be displayed (where applicable):

Do Not Move Truck
DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open)
PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open)
DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open)
PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open)
PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open)
Rear Body Door Open
DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down)
PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down)
Deck Gun Not Stowed
Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed)
Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed)
Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed)
Stabilizer Not Stowed
Steps Not Stowed
Handrail Not Stowed
Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged.
0622798
Switching, Cab Instrument Lower
Console & Overhead, Rocker MUX,
Enforcer

SWITCH PANELS
The built-in switch panels will be located in the lower console or overhead console of the cab.

The switches will be rocker-type and include an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the switch will be illuminated whenever the switch is active. A 2 -ply, scratch resistant laser
engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed below the switches. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for improved visibility in low light conditions.

Switches and light source are integral to the switch panel assembly. 0802946
Wiper Control, 2-Speed
w/Intermittent, Steering Wheel, Left
Pod, SFR/Enf

WIPER CONTROL
Wiper control will consist of a two (
2 )-speed windshield wiper control with intermittent feature and windshield washer controls. The control will be located in the left hand pod of the steering wheel. 0797189
Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB
Termination Blue Sea 1045 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
two (
2 )
dual USB fast charge socket mounts installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to

4.8 amps at
12 volts DC.

The USB socket mount will be
Cab Area, TBD at Pre-con, switch layout drawing
.

Termination will be a Blue Sea Systems part number
1045
dual USB charger socket.

Wires will be sized to
125%
of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0787001
Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB
Termination Blue Sea 1045 2nd

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
two (
2 )
dual USB fast charge socket mounts installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to

4.8 amps at
12 volts DC.

The USB socket mount will be
Two (
2 ) - Crew Cab Area, TBD at Pre-con
.

Termination will be a Blue Sea Systems part number
1045
dual USB charger socket.

Wires will be sized to
125%
of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 27 911
Bid #:

0598394
Wiring, Spare, 30 A 12V DC, 6 Circuit
Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5025 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
four (
4 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to
30 amps at
12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate
One (
1 ) - LS
1 exact location TBD at pre-con One (
1 ) - RS
1 exact location TBD at pre-con One (
1 ) - RS
3 exact location TBD at pre-con One (
1 ) - RS crew
cab EMS cabinet, under radio equipment cover.
.

Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model
5025
,
6 circuit with negative bus bar. The
terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels.

Wires will be sized to
125%
of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0548004
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be protected to
15 amps at
12 volts DC
Power and ground will terminate
officer side dash area
Termination will be
with
15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover
Wires will be sized to
125
percent of the protection
The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0548006
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 2nd

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
four (
4 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to
15 amps at
12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate
HANDHELD FLASHLIGHT CHARGERS, Location TBD at Pre-
con
.

Termination will be
with heat shrinkable butt splicing
.

Wires will be sized to
125
percent of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0548007
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 3rd

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to
15 amps at
12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate
TBD at pre-con. DRUG VAULT
.

Termination will be
with heat shrinkable butt splicing
.

Wires will be sized to
125
percent of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0548013
Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC 2nd

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
two (
2 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery switched power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to
20 amps at
12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate
ONE (
1 ) -
3 ' COIL BEHIND RADIO EQUIPMENT COVER, PS

EMS COMPARTMENT (INBOARD) ONE (
1 ) - OVERHEAD CONSOLE OFFICERS SIDE FOR

MOBILE REPEATER,
.

Termination will be
with heat shrinkable butt splicing
.

Wires will be sized to
125
percent of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0548014
Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC 3rd

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to
20 amps at
12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate
Overhead Console, Officers Side. SPARE
12 V CIRCUIT.
.

Termination will be
with heat shrinkable butt splicing
.

Wires will be sized to
125
percent of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 28 911
Bid #:

0548015
Wiring, Spare, 30 A 12V DC 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be protected to
30 amps at
12 volts DC
Power and ground will terminate
on the rear area of the engine tunnel
Termination will be
with heat shrinkable butt splicing
Wires will be sized to
125%
of the protection
This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0560535
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 4th

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to
15 amps at
12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate
3 ' COIL, CENTER OF DASH AHEAD OF ENGINE TUNNEL
.

Termination will be
with heat shrinkable butt splicing
.

Wires will be sized to
125
percent of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0803875
Radio, AM/FM/WB, Jensen, Frt,Rear
Aux In/Frt,Rear USB/Bluetooth

STEREO RADIO
A Jensen, heavy duty AM/FM / Bluetooth / Weatherband stereo radio, with front and rear auxiliary input will be installed
per switch panel layout
. There will be

5.25 " speakers installed
one (
1 ) pair of

5.25 " speakers in the cab and one (
1 ) pair of

5.25 " speakers in the crew cab
. The antenna will be
a roof-mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof .

The following features will be included:
-
180
watts max power output (
45 W x
4 )
- Bluetooth® streaming audio and controls
(A
2 DP/AVRCP) with hands-free calling (HFP)
- Electronic AM/FM tuner (US/Euro)
- iPod®/iPhone® ready via USB
- SiriusXM-Ready®
- Seven-channel NOAA weatherband with S.A.M.E. technology - USB

2.0 for playback of MP
3 & WMA audio files
- RBDS with PTY search
- Front and rear USB input
- Front and rear AUX input
0615386
Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color
Display, Touchscreen, MUX

INFORMATION CENTER
An information center employing a

7.00 " diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing.

The information center will have the following specifications:

Operate in temperatures from -
40 to
185
degrees Fahrenheit
An Optical Gel will be placed between the LCD and protective lens Five weather resistant user interface switches
Grey with black accents
Sunlight Readable
Linux operating system
Minimum of
1000
nits rated display
Display can be changed to an available foreign language A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area.

Programmed to read
US Customary
General Screen Design
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used.

If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur:

An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (
1 ) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages.

A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol.

Home/Transit Screen
This screen will display the following:

Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped)
Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Seat Belt Monitoring Screen Seat Belt Monitoring Screen Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped)
Digital Speedometer
Active Alarms
On Scene Screen
This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped):
29 911
Bid #:

Battery Voltage
Fuel
Oil Pressure
Coolant Temperature
RPM
Water Level (if equipped)
Foam Level (if equipped)
Foam Concentration (if equipped)
Water Flow Rate (if equipped)
Water Used (if equipped)
Active Alarms
Virtual Buttons
There will be four (
4 ) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels.

Page Screen
The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality:

Diagnostics
Faults
Listed by order of occurrence
Allows to sort by system
Interlock
Throttle Interlocks
Pump Interlocks (if equipped)
Aerial Interlocks (if equipped)
PTO Interlocks (if equipped)
Load Manager
A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load.

The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur.

The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen.

Systems
Command Zone
Module type and ID number
Module Version
Input or output number
Circuit number connected to that input or output
Status of the input or output
Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Foam (if equipped)
Pressure Controller (if equipped)
Generator Frequency (if equipped)
Live Data
General Truck Data
Maintenance
Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
Pump oil (if equipped)
Foam (if equipped)
Aerial (if equipped)
Setup
Clock Setup
Date & Time
12 or
24 hour format
Set time and date
Backlight
Daytime
Night time
Sensitivity
Unit Selection
Home Screen
Virtual Button Setup
On Scene Screen Setup
Configure Video Mode
Set Video Contrast
Set Video Color
Set Video Tint
Do Not Move
The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated Driver Side Cab Door
Passenger's Side Cab Door
Driver Side Crew Cab Door
Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door
Driver Side Body Doors
Passenger's Side Body Doors
Rear Body Door(s)
Ladder Rack (if applicable)
Deck Gun (if applicable)
Light Tower (if applicable)
Hatch Door (if applicable)
Stabilizers (if applicable)
Steps (if applicable)
Notifications
View Active Alarms
Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm
30 911
Bid #:

Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced
Timer Screen
HVAC (if equipped)
Tire Information (if equipped)
Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped)
Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. 0734857
Collision Mitigation, HAAS Alert
(R2V), HA5

COLLISION MITIGATION
There will be a HAAS Alert®, Model HA
5 Responder-to-Vehicle (R
2 V) collision avoidance system
provided on the apparatus. The HA
5 cellular transponder module will be installed behind the cab windshield, as high and near to the center as practical, to allow clear visibility to the sky. The module dimensions are

5.40 " long x

2.70 " wide x

1.30 " high, and operating temperature range is
-
40 degree C to
85 degree C.

The transponder will be connected to the vehicle's emergency master circuit and battery direct power and ground.

While responding with emergency lights on, the HA
5 transponder sends alert messages via
cellular network to motorists in the vicinity of the responding truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

While on scene with emergency lights on, the HA
5 transponder sends road hazard alerts to
motorists in the vicinity of the truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

The HA
5 Responder-to-Vehicle (R
2 V) collision avoidance system will include
the transponder and
a
5 year cellular plan subscription
.

Activation of the HAAS Alert system requires a representative of the customer to accept the End User License Agreement (EULA) via an on-line portal.
0606247
Vehicle Data Recorder w/CZ Display
Seat Belt Monitor

VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided.

The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line.

The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs:

Vehicle Speed - MPH
Acceleration - MPH/sec
Deceleration - MPH/sec
Engine Speed - RPM
Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle
ABS Event - On/Off
Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position
Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position
Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off
Time -
24 Hour Time
Date - Year/Month/Day
Seat Belt Monitoring System
A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone ™
color display.

The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to
10 seating positions indicating the status of each
seat position per the following:

Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm
The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when:

The home screen is active:
and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated.

The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. 0735006
Intercom, David Clark, 4-Pos, 2-
Radio, (D,O,RPTT), 2obC, U3805

INTERCOM SYSTEM
There will be a four (
4 ) position David Clark, Model U
3800
, intercom system with single radio
interface capability at the driver and officer positions and remote radio push to talk buttons located
See switch panel layout
. Two (
2 ) crew cab outboard seats will have intercom only
capability.

The following components will be provided:

One (
1 ) U
3805
Radio Cord Junction Module
Two (
2 ) U
3815
Radio interface modules (Driver, Officer)
Two (
2 ) Remote Push To Talk Button Kits
One (
1 ) U
3800
Master station (
1 Crew)
One (
1 ) U
3801
Remote headset intercom station (
1 Crew)
One (
1 ) C
3820
Power cord
All necessary station cables and connectors
0637058
David Clark Universal Radio
Interfaces Included with Single/Dual
System

RADIO / INTERCOM INTERFACE INCLUDED
All radio interfaced stations will have universal radio interfaces installed. The interface wiring will be routed within the cab to
Radio Equipment compartment on the inboard side of the RS cab EMS Compartment
.
31 911
Bid #:

0597914
Headset, David Clark, H3442 Under
Helmet, Flex Mic

UNDER THE HELMET HEADSET
There will be
four (
4 )
under the helmet, headset(s) provided
Driver, Officer, Crew Cab, One (
1 )
Between PS inboard and outboard FF seats, One (
1 ) Between DS inboard and outboard FF
seats
.

Each David Clark, Model H
3442
, headset will feature:
5 ' Coiled cord
Noise cancelling electric microphone
Flexible microphone boom rotates
200
degrees for left or right dress
Microphone on/off button
Comfort Gel Earseals
23 dB noise reduction
0681408
Hangers For Headsets, NFPA, Each

HEADSET HANGERS
There will be
four (
4 )
headset hanger(s) installed
driver's seat, officer's seat, driver's side
outboard forward facing seat and passenger's side outboard forward facing seat . The hanger(s)
will meet NFPA
1901
, Section

14.1.11 , requirement for equipment mounting.
0658109
Install Customer Provided Two-Way
Radio Repeater

TWO WAY RADIO REPEATER INSTALLATION
There will be
one (
1 )
customer supplied two way radio repeater(s), sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed TBD
. No antenna mount or whip will be
included in this option.

Specific shipping requirements will be followed.
0559156
Install Customer Provided Two-Way
Radio(s)

TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION
There will be
one (
1 )
customer supplied two way radio(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed
TBD at Pre-con
per the shipping document.

No antenna mount or whip will be included in this option.

Specific radio shipping requirements will be followed.
0696438
Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis,
Cable Routed to Radio Box

RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT
There will be
three (
3 )
standard

1.125
",
18 thread antenna-mounting base(s) installed
TBD at
Pre-con
on the cab roof with high efficiency, low loss, coaxial cable(s) routed to the radio box. A weatherproof cap will be installed on the mount.
0696443
Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis,
Cable Routed to Overhead Switch
Area

RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT
There will be
one (
1 )
standard

1.125
",
18 thread antenna-mounting base(s) installed
TBD at Pre-
con
on the cab roof with high efficiency, low loss, coaxial cable(s) routed to the overhead switch area. A weatherproof cap will be installed on the mount. 0887563
SP
Antenna, Panorama, 4 in 1, Low
Profile Dome Antenna, 5G

COMBO ANTENNA
There will be
one (
1 )
, Panorama LP-IN
2443
bolt on, low profile
4 in
1 dome antenna(s).

The antenna kit contains a complete set of
4 extension cables;
Cellular:
4 x
16 ' CS
32 (UN
118.03
/ EN
45545-2
Compliant) with SMA/Male
4 x
4 4
G/
5 G MiMo LTE:
617-960/1710-6000
MHz
The antenna will be
white
.

The cables will be routed within the cab to
TBD at pre-construction
.
0888075
SP
Antenna, Airgain 3-in-1, AI-
3MDCBL19, Antenna

COMBO ANTENNA
There will be
one (
1 )
, Airgain AI-
3 MDCBL
19 bolt on, low profile
3 in
1 dome antenna(s) and
power divider.

The antenna kit contains a complete set of
3 extension cables; two (
2 ) cellular/LTE, one (
1 ) GPS,
cable length
19 ft.

The antenna will be black
The cables will be routed within the cab to
Cab roof RS
.
0653526
Camera, Pierce, Driver Mux, Rear
Camera Only

VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following:

One (
1 ) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse
The camera images will be displayed on the driver's vehicle information center display. Audio from the microphone on the active camera will be
not provided
.

The following components will be included:

One (
1 ) SV-CW
134639
CAI, camera
One (
1 ) amplified speaker (if applicable)
All necessary cables
0890416
Pierce Command Zone, Advanced
Electronics & Control System,
Enforcer, WiFi CZT

ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting.

Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible. 32 911
Bid #:

Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership.

Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of
125
percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA.

Solid-State Control System
A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules,
electronic control modules to include a see through housing, a power indicator, a status indicator and circuit indicators
located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J 1939-11
recommended practices.

The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDX ™
specifications providing a lower cost of ownership.

For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes:

Green LED indicator light for module power
Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic
Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications:

Module circuit board will meet SAE J
771
specifications
Operating temperature from -
40 C to +
70 C
Storage temperature from -
40 C to +
70 C
Vibration to
50 g
IP
67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between
15 centimeters and one (
1 ) meter)
Operating voltage from eight (
8 ) volts to
32 volts DC
The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical.

Circuit Protection and Control Diagram
Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information.

On-Board Electrical System Diagnostics
The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information:

Text description of active warning or caution alarms
Simplified warning indicators
Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm
Red warning indication with steady tone alarm
Advanced diagnostic feature will be provided in this control system. From the Command Zone display or connected wireless device, these features allow the user to monitor the real-time status of every input or output on the vehicle. It also allows users logged in as an administrator to force on inputs or outputs to assist the troubleshooting process.

TCU Module with WiFi
An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE
802.11
b/g/n capabilities while communicating at

2.4 Gigahertz.

The module will communicate through a
black WiFi antenna
allowing a line of site communication
range of up to
300
feet with a roof mounted antenna.

The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone ™,
control
and information system.

The TCU capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone ™,
control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data TCU will provide up to
2 Gigabytes of data storage.

The TCU will provide a means to download the TCU information and update software in the device.

Indicator Light and Alarm Prove-Out System
A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel.

Voltage Monitor System
A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels.

The alarm will activate if the system falls below

11.8 volts DC for more than two (
2 ) minutes.

Dedicated Radio Equipment Connection Points
There will be three (
3 ) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following:
12 -volt
40 -amp battery switched power
12 -volt
60 -amp ignition switched power
12 -volt
60 -amp direct battery power
There will also be a
12 -volt
100
-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center.
33 911
Bid #:

EMI/RFI Protection
To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J
551/2
, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio
frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source.

The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J 1113/25
Region
1 , Class C EMR
for
10 KHz-
1 GHz to
100
Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J
551/2
and SAE J
1113/25
Region
1 , Class C EMR for
10 KHz-
1 GHz to
100
Volts/Meter
requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself.

EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and high- powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. 0896456
Prognostics, Electrical System

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROGNOSTICS
There will be a software based vehicle tool provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events.

The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone ™
information center and/or
wireless enabled devices to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals.

Prognostics will include the following:

Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
0892649
CZ Connect Telematics

TELEMATICS SYSTEM
There will be a cellular based vehicle telematics system consisting of a Telematic Control Unit (TCU) with external cellular WiFi and GPS antenna, and access to a web-based user interface portal provided.

The TCU will be fully integrated into the Command Zone
™
electrical system. It will monitor the
vehicle through the CAN data bus and transmit data through a secure 4 G LTE cellular
connection, and be provided with a
3 year subscription.
.

After accepting the end user license agreement, the vehicle administrator will have access to vehicle location information and vehicle data via a secure CZ Connect web-based interface portal.

The CZ Connect web-based interface will allow users to access vehicle data and configure monitoring tools, providing a global view of the location of each connected asset and a summary of fleet data, which include:

User defined interval notifications
User defined fault alerts
Remote access to Command Zone diagnostics
Vehicle analytics and activity monitoring
Vehicle system status
0624253
Electrical System, Enforcer MUX

ELECTRICAL
All
12 -volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal.

Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at

2.00 " intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids.

Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:

All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.

Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body.

Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work.

Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug).

All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area.

All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon ( 1890
) applied completely over the metal
portion of the terminal.

All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108
, will
be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments.

An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order.

The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. 34 911
Bid #:

0735191
Batteries, (3) Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA
ea, Threaded Stud, LS Bat Box

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be three (
3 ) Exide, Model
31 S
950
X
3 W,
12 volt DC group
31 batteries provided and
mounted in the left side battery box.

These batteries will be rated at
950
CCA cold cranking amps with a reserve capacity of
190
amps
and have threaded stainless steel studs.
0008621
Battery System, Single Start, All
Custom Chassis

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel.

MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system.

An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system.
0002698
Battery Compartment,
Saber/Enforcer

BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
Batteries will be placed on non-corrosive mats and stored in well ventilated compartments located under the cab.

Heavy-duty,
2/0
gauge, color coded battery cables will be provided. Battery terminal connections will be coated with anti-corrosion compound.

Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi-permanent rubberized compound.

JUMPER STUDS
One (
1 ) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be included on the battery compartments.
0724049
Battery Charger/Converter, (2)
PD2180, IRT

POWER CONVERTER / BATTERY CHARGERS
There will be two (
2 ) Progressive Dynamics, Inc., Model PD
2180
, power converter / battery
chargers installed. Each PD
2180
will be capable of charging up to three (
3 ) separated banks of
batteries. The PD
2180
s will be wired in parallel to increase maximum output capability to each battery system.

Each PD
2180
will contain the following features:

Four-Stage Charging System constantly monitors battery voltage, then automatically selects one of four charging modes: BOOST, NORMAL, STORAGE, or EQUALIZE.

Digital meter displays current, voltage mode, blown fuse indication, and battery type.

Reverse battery protection prevents charger damage if battery leads are accidentally reversed.

Over Voltage Protection prevents high voltage spikes from damaging sensitive electronic components in the charger.

Electronic Current Limiting limits the maximum output current to the rating of the charger to prevent overheating and damage caused by shorts or excessive loads.

Regulated Output Voltage prevents AC line voltage variations from being transmitted to the batteries and
12 Volt circuits.

Intelligent Cooling Fan only runs as fast as required to maintain constant operating temperature reducing thermal stress.

Automatic Over-temperature Shutdown prevents charger damage in the event the fan is unable to cool the charger due to inadequate compartment ventilation.

The PD
2180
s will be powered from a dedicated
30 A VAC shoreline.
0091355
Location, Charger, Right Side Front
Body Compartment
Battery charger will be located in the front right body compartment, mounted High as possible at
the top right corner
.
0722455
Lights, Charger Indicator for PD2180,
IRT
PD
2180

BATTERY CHARGERS INDICATOR LIGHTS
Two (
2 ) amber LED indicator lights will be installed near the 30 A shoreline inlet for the IRT
system.

One (
1 ) indicator will be connected to charger
1 PD
2180
, and labeled "BATTERY CHARGER
1 ".

One (
1 ) indicator will be connected to charger
2 PD
2180
, and labeled "BATTERY CHARGER
2 ".

These indicators will individually indicate when the chargers are powered from the 30 A shoreline
inlet for the IRT system.
0016857
Shoreline, 20A 120V, Kussmaul Auto
Eject, 091-55-20-120, Super

AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE
There will be
one (
1 )
Kussmaul
™,
Model
091-55-20-120
,
20 amp
120
volt AC shoreline inlet(s)
provided to operate the dedicated
120
volt AC circuits on the apparatus.

The shoreline inlet(s) will include
red
weatherproof flip up cover(s).

There will be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the engine is starting.

The shoreline(s) will be connected to
120
v outlets
.

There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment.

There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0026800
Shoreline Location

The shoreline receptacle will be located
in the driver side lower step well of cab
.
35 911
Bid #:

0724036
Shoreline, IRT, 30A 120V, Kussmaul
Auto Eject, 091-159-30-120, Super

KUSSMAUL AUTO EJECT FOR IRT SHORELINE
There will be one (
1 ) Kussmaul
™,
Model
091-159-30-120
,
30 amp
120
volt AC shoreline inlet
provided to operate the IRT dedicated
120
volt AC circuit on the apparatus.

The shoreline inlet will include
blue
weatherproof flip up cover.

There will be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the engine is starting.

The shoreline will be connected to the Idle Reduction Technology battery chargers.

A mating connector body will be supplied with the loose equipment.

There will be a label installed near the inlet that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0724033
Shoreline Location IRT

The IRT dedicated shoreline receptacle will be located
in the cab stepwell on the left side
.
0723255
Sub Feed Breaker Box, Cutler
Hammer, For IRT Shoreline

SUB FEED CIRCUIT BREAKER BOX - IRT SHORELINE
A Cutler Hammer sub feed box will be supplied to protect the idle reduction technology (IRT) charger circuits when IRT shoreline power source is used.

The box will be installed in the
High and Rearward of Forward wall of Compt. RS
3 , adjacent to
battery charger.
.

The sub feed box will distribute power to the idle reduction technology battery chargers in the vehicle.

A label for each breaker will be provided adjacent to the circuit breaker panel.

Identification of circuits will be done in a durable manner that provides years of service. 0764491
Alternator, 420 amp, Leece-Neville
BLP4003

ALTERNATOR
There will be a Leece-Neville, Model BLP
4003
, alternator provided. It will have a rated output
current of
420
amp as measured by SAE method J
56 . The alternator will feature an integral, self
diagnostic regulator and rectifier. The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. 36 911
Bid #:

0092582
Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX

ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER
An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12 -volt
electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

The system will include the following features:

System voltage monitoring.

A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off.

Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels.

Priority levels can be set for individual outputs.

High Idle
to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake .

If enabled:
"Load Man Hi-Idle On" will display on the information center.

Hi-Idle will not activate until
30 seconds after engine start up.

Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed.

The information center indicates system voltage.

The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following:

Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition.

Individual load managed item condition:

ON = not shed
SHED = shed

SEQUENCER
A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire
12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch.

When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half-second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation.

When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order.

Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half- second intervals:

Cab Heater and Air Conditioning
Crew Cab Heater (if applicable)
Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable)
Exhaust Fans (if applicable)
Third Evaporator (if applicable)
0720839
Switch, CZ Display Only, Load
Manager

SWITCH, COMMAND ZONE DISPLAY
A virtual switch will be provided for the load manager in the Command Zone display on cab instrument panel.
0783153
Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo
2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel

HEADLIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) JW Speaker®, Model
8800
,
4 " x
6 " rectangular LED lights mounted in the
front quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille:
the outside light on each side will contain a part number 055
***
1 low beam module
the inside light on each side will contain a part number 055
***
1 high beam module
the
headlights to include chrome bezels
The low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch is on.

The high beam and low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch and the high beam switch is activated.
0802935
Light, Directional, Wln M62T* LED,
Cmn Bzl, Above Headlights, Sab/Enf

FRONT DIRECTIONALS
The front directional's will be Whelen®, Model M
62 T,

4.31 " high x

6.75 " wide x

1.37 " deep
directional lights with amber LEDs. The
lens color(s) to be clear
. The directional's will be housed
in the same common bezel as the front warning light and will be located above the headlights.

The
housing to be polished and the trim shall be chrome
.

The flash pattern of the directional lights will be
Steady On (Arrow)
.
0620054
Light, Directional/Marker,
Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29
LED 2lts

INTERMEDIATE LIGHT
There will be two (
2 ) Weldon, Model
9186-8580-29
, amber LED turn signal marker lights
furnished, one (
1 ) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light.
37 911
Bid #:

0735474
Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front,
P25 LED 7 Lts, Saber FR/Enforcer

CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS
There will be seven (
7 ) amber LED lights provided per the following:

Three (
3 ) amber LED identification lights will be installed in the center of the cab above the windshield.

Two (
2 ) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one ( 1 ) on each outboard side of the cab
above the windshield as close to the outside of the apparatus as practical.

Two (
2 ) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one ( 1 ) on each side of the cab as high and
far forward as practical.

The lights will be installed
without guards
.
0647899
Lights, Directional/Marker, Cab Front
Side, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED,
Sab/Enf

FRONT CAB SIDE DIRECTIONAL/MARKER LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Weldon, Model
9186-8580-29
, amber LED lights installed front of the cab
door, one (
1 ) on each side of the cab.

The lights will activate as marker lights with the headlight switch and directional lights with the corresponding directional circuit.
0563675
Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear,
Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts

REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING
There will be three (
3 ) Truck-Lite®, Model
33050
R, LED lights used as identification lights
recessed and located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

As close as practical to the vertical centerline
Centers spaced not less than

6.00 " or more than

12.00 " apart
Red in color
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) Truck-Lite, Model
33050
R, LED lights recessed at the rear of the apparatus
used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

To indicate the overall width of the vehicle
One (
1 ) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the rear
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) Truck-Lite, Model
33050
R, LED lights recessed on the side of the apparatus
as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following:

To indicate the overall length of the vehicle
One (
1 ) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the side
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One ( 1 ) each
side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of

15.00 ", but no more than

60.00 ", above
the ground.

There will be two (
2 ) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One ( 1 )
each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of

15.00 ", but no more than

60.00 ", above
the ground.

Per FMVSS
108
and CMVSS
108
requirements.
0564683
Lights, Tail, Wln M6BTT* Red LED
Stop/Tail & M6T* Amber LED Dir Arw
For Hsg

REAR FMVSS LIGHTING
The rear stop/tail and directional LED lighting will consist of the following:

Two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model M
6 BTT, red LED stop/tail lights
Two (
2 ) Whelen, Model M
6 T, amber LED arrow turn lights
The lights will be provided with
color lenses
.

The lights will be mounted in a polished combination housing. 0561471
Lights, Backup, Wln M6BUW, LED,
For Tail Lt Housing
There will be two (2) Whelen Model M6BUW, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing. 0889577
Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25
LED, Stainless Brkt

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
One (
1 ) license plate bracket constructed of stainless steel will be provided at the rear of the apparatus.

One (
1 ) white LED light with
chrome housing
will be provided to illuminate the license plate. A
stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear.
0556842
Bezels, Wln, (2) M6 Chrome Pierce,
For mtg (4) Wln M6 lights

LIGHTING BEZEL
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen, Model M
6 FCV
4 P, four (
4 ) place chromed ABS housings with Pierce
logos provided for the rear M
6 series stop/tail, directional, back up, scene lights or warning lights. 0589905
Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO
1040

BACK-UP ALARM
A PRECO, Model
1040
, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and
automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten ( 10 ) dBA above surrounding
environmental noise levels.
38 911
Bid #:

0769420
Lights, Perimeter Cab, Amdor AY-LB-
12HW020 LED 4Dr

CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) Amdor, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
020
,
350
lumens each,

20.00 " white LED strip
lights provided, one (
1 ) for each cab door.

These lights will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the exit doors are opened or by the same means as the body perimeter scene lights. 0769572
Lights, Perimeter Pump House,
Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 LED 2lts

PUMP HOUSE PERIMETER LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Amdor, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
020
,
350
lumens each,

20.00 " LED weatherproof
strip lights with brackets provided under the pump panel running boards, one ( 1 ) each side.

If the combination of options in the vehicle does not permit clearance for a

20.00 " light, a

12.00 "
version of the Amdor light will be installed.

The lights will be controlled by the same means as the body perimeter lights. 0770056
Lights, Perimeter Body, Amdor AY-
LB-12HW020 LED 2lts, Rear Step

BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Amdor, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
020
,
350
lumens,

20.00 " long, white LED's,
12 volt DC lights provided at the rear step area of the body, one ( 1 ) each side shining to the rear.

The perimeter scene lights will be activated when
the parking brake is applied
.
0896454
Enhanced Software for Perimeter Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR PERIMETER LIGHTS
All perimeter lights and scene lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is released.

The cab and crew cab perimeter lights will dim after
10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle's
transmission is put into gear.
0556360
Lights, Step, P25 LED 4lts, Pump Pnl
Sw

STEP LIGHTS
Four (
4 ) white LED step lights will be provided. One (
1 ) step light will be provided on each side,
on the front compartment face and two (
2 ) step lights at the rear to illuminate the tailboard.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles
(fc) covering an entire

15.00 " x

15.00 " square placed

10.00 " below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire

30.00 " x

30.00 " square at the same

10.00 " distance below the light.

These step lights will be actuated with the pump panel light switch.

All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of NFPA 1901
.
0783158
Light, Visor, HiViz, FT-B-72-*-*, Cnt
Feature
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be a HiViz Model FT-B-
72 -*-*,

2.56 " high x

72.69 " long x

3.31 " deep
21,067
effective
lumens
12 volt DC light with white LEDs configured
with a combination of flood and spot optics

provided on brackets in front of the cab roof.

The
painted parts of the light housing and brackets to be white .

The light will be activated
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel
.

The light may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0756032
Lights, HiViz FT-MB-15-*-*, 19.77",
2nd
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
HiViz Model FT-MB-
15 -*-*,

2.06 " high x

19.77 " long x

2.45 " deep,
5,544

effective lumens
12 volt DC light(s) with
a combination of flood and spot optics
and adjustable
mounting bracket(s) installed on the cab
DS below and in front of side light bar
.

The
painted parts of the light housing and brackets to be white .

The light(s) will be activated
by a switch at the left side pump panel, by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel and by the same control that has been selected for the driver's side scene light(s)
.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0756033
Lights, HiViz FT-MB-15-*-*, 19.77",
1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
HiViz Model FT-MB-
15 -*-*,

2.06 " high x

19.77 " long x

2.45 " deep,
5,544

effective lumens
12 volt DC light(s) with
a combination of flood and spot optics
and adjustable
mounting bracket(s) installed on the cab
PS below and in front of side light bar
.

The
painted parts of the light housing and brackets to be white .

The light(s) will be activated
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by the same control that has been selected for the passenger's side scene light(s) and by a switch at the right side pump panel
.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0756029
Lights, HiViz FT-MB-18-TR-*-*

25.20", 2nd
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will
one (
1 )
HiViz Model FT-MB-
18 -TR-*-*,
6,652.8
effective lumens

2.87 " high x

25.20 "
long x

2.45 " deep
12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs and
a combination of flood and spot optics

provided on the apparatus located,
RS Body, Above RS
2 .

The
painted parts of the light housing and brackets to be white .

The light(s) will be controlled
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch in a stainless steel cup located on the passenger's side at the rear of the apparatus no more than

72.00 " from the ground and by the same control that has been selected for the passenger's side scene light(s)
.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 39 911
Bid #:

0756031
Lights, HiViz FT-MB-18-TR-*-*

25.20", 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will
one (
1 )
HiViz Model FT-MB-
18 -TR-*-*,
6,652.8
effective lumens

2.87 " high x

25.20 "
long x

2.45 " deep
12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs and
a combination of flood and spot optics

provided on the apparatus located,
LS Body, Above LS
2 .

The
painted parts of the light housing and brackets to be white .

The light(s) will be controlled
by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel, by a switch in a stainless steel cup located on the driver's side at the rear of the apparatus no more than

72.00 "
from the ground and by the same control that has been selected for the driver's side scene light (s)
.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0532358
Not Required, Deck Lights, Other
Hose Bed & Rear Lighting

0768508
Lights, Hose Bed, Sides, Dual LED
Light Strips, Amdor AY-LB-12HW0**

HOSE BED LIGHTS
There will be Amdor Model AY-LB-
12 HW
0 **, white LED lights provided to light the hose bed area.

Hose Bed lights will meet the photometric levels listed in NFPA 1901
for Hose Bed lighting
requirements.

Light strip(s) will be installed along the upper edge of the left side of the hose bed.

Light strip(s) will be installed along the upper edge of the right side of the hose bed.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on, and when the hosebed cover is raised
.
0744361
SP
Lights, Rear Scene, HiViz, FT-GESM
LED 2lts

REAR SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) HiViz®, Model FT-GESM,

8.50 " high x

10.51 " long x

2.75 " deep
20,500

equivalent lumens light with white LEDs and trim installed at the rear of the apparatus, High on
rear Beavertails, One (
1 ) each side
.

The lights will be controlled
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch in a stainless steel cup located at the rear of the apparatus no more than

72.00 " from the ground
.
0762433
Lights, Walk Surf, Amdor AY-LB-
12HW0**, LED, Cargo Areas, Front
Sheet

WALKING SURFACE LIGHTS
There will be
One (
1 )
Amdor®, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
0 **, white
12 volt DC LED strip light(s)
provided in the cargo area to illuminate the interior surface of the cargo area. Light(s) will be located on the front sheet of the body above the cargo area.

The light will be activated when the body step lights are on. 0060115
Pumper, Medium, Aluminum, 2nd
Gen
0554271
Body Skirt Height, 20"

0013303
Tank, Water, 500 Gallon, Poly, Med,
New York Style

SPECIAL WATER TANK
Booster tank will have a capacity of
500
gallons and be constructed of polypropylene plastic by
United Plastic Fabricating, Incorporated.

The Special tank will be T-shaped to provide for deep side compartments and to serve as a large sump to limit the amount of undraftable water.

The tank will be designed to achieve a low hose bed. Tank design will be a stepped design with the forward section of the tank higher than the section of the tank that is below the hose bed.

Tank joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out.

Tank will be baffled in accordance with NFPA Bulletin
1901
requirements.

Baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom to permit movement of air and water between compartments.

Longitudinal partitions will be constructed of .
38 " polypropylene plastic and will extend from the
bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow for positive welding.

Transverse partitions will extend from

4.00 " off the bottom of the tank to the underside of the top cover.

All partitions will interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides.

Tank top will be constructed of .
50 " polypropylene. It will be recessed .
38 " and will be welded to
the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions.

Tank top will be sufficiently supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions.

Construction will include

2.00 " polypropylene dowels spaced no more than

30.00 " apart and
welded to the transverse partitions. Two (
2 ) of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (.
50 "
diameter,

13.00 " deep) to accommodate lifting eyes.

A sump that will be sized dependent on the tank to pump plumbing will be provided at the bottom of the water tank.

Sump will include a drain plug and the tank outlet.

Tank will have a combination vent and

14.00 " fill tower.

Tank will be installed in a special size fabricated cradle assembly constructed of structural steel.

Sufficient crossmembers will be provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers will be constructed of steel flat bar or rectangular tubing.

Tank will "float" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .
50 " thick x

3.00 " wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on.

Stops or other provision will be provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle.

Mounting system to be approved by the tank manufacturer. 40 911
Bid #:

0003405
Overflow, 4.00" Water Tank, Poly

Fill tower will be constructed of .
50 " polypropylene and will be a minimum of

8.00 " wide x

14.00 "
long.

Fill tower will be furnished with a .
25 " thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover.

An overflow pipe, constructed of

4.00 " schedule
40 polypropylene, will be installed approximately
halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle. 0028104
Foam Cell Required
0633066
Sleeve, Through Tank

SLEEVE, PLUMBING, THROUGH TANK
Two (
2 ) sleeves
will be provided in the water tank for
a

3.00 " pipe
to the rear.
0553725
Restraint, Water Tank, Heavy Duty,
Special Type Tank, 4x4, or Export

WATER TANK RESTRAINT
A heavy-duty water tank restraint will be provided.
0003429
Not Required, Direct Tank Fill

0003424
Not Required, Dump Valve

0048710
Not Required, Jet Assist

0030007
Not Required, Dump Valve Chute

0514778
Not Required, Switch, Tank Dump
Master
0618241
Hose Bed, Aluminum, Pumper, New
York Style

HOSE BED
The hose bed will be fabricated of

0.125
"-
5052
aluminum with a nominal
38,000
psi tensile
strength.

The hose bed will be as low as practical.

Upper and rear edges of side panels will have a double break for rigidity.

The upper inside area of the beavertails will be covered with brushed stainless steel
to prevent
damage to painted surface when hose is removed.

Flooring of the hose bed will be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats will be a minimum of

0.50 " x

4.50 " with spacing between
slats for hose ventilation.

A cross divider will be provided at the front of the hose bed before the tank transitions from the lower section to the upper section. The divider will run from the top of the side sheet down below the hose bed grating.
0723545
Unpainted/Dual Action Finished
Aluminum Hose Bed, 2G
Pumper/Tankers
The hose bed interior walls will be unpainted and dual action finished. 0003481
Hose Bed Capacity, Special

Hose bed will accommodate
From left to right (rear of apparatus) 1) 200' - 2.5" DJ 2) 600' - 5" Rubber, 100' lengths 3) TBD - 2.5" DJ, bulk load 4) TBD - 2.5" DJ, Bulk Load 5) 200' - 1.75" Double stacked (Hose manufacturer - Key Hose TRU ID)
.
0680455
Divider, Hose Bed, .25" Unpainted,
(6) Bolts

HOSE BED DIVIDER
Three (
3 ) hosebed dividers
will be furnished for separating hose.

Each divider will be constructed of a .
25 " brushed aluminum sheet.

Partition will be fully adjustable by sliding in tracks, located at the front and rear of the hose bed.

Divider will be held in place by tightening six (
6 ) bolts in (
3 ) locations. Two (
2 ) bolts at the front of
the divider, two (
2 ) bolts at the back of the divider and two (
2 ) bolts in the middle of the divider.

Acorn nuts will be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads.

Flat surfaces will be sanded for uniform appearance, or constructed of brushed aluminum. 0733505
Hose Restraint, Vinyl, Split, Seat Belt,
w/Alum Hose Bed Cover

HOSE RESTRAINT REAR
At the rear of the hose bed, a
black
vinyl flap will be provided. The vinyl will be split
at center of
hose bed opening
. The vinyl will attach on the aluminum treadplate hose bed cover at the top with seat belt buckles. There will be
four (
4 )
seat belt buckles located
Evenly Spaced, along bottom of
hose bed
at the top with
one (
1 ) web strap attached to each buckle for release
. The strap(s) will
be
black
. The vinyl will be attached at the rear body sheet below the hose bed with seat belt
buckle
.
0010133
Cross-Divider, Hose Bed

A cross-divider will be provided just behind the fill tower. The divider will be bolted to the side sheet.
41 911
Bid #:

0581892
Divider, Hose Bed, .25" Sheet,
Unpainted, Permanent

There will be
one (
1 )
additional hose bed dividers furnished.

Each divider will be constructed of a .
25 " brushed aluminum sheet.

Partition will be permanently installed and located
Right side of hose bed. on a vertical plane with
ground ladder storage enclosure inboard wall.
.

Acorn nuts will be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads.

Flat surfaces will be sanded for uniform appearance or constructed of brushed aluminum. 0058033
Shelf, Hinged, In Hose Bed, Between
Side Sheet

SHELF, HINGED IN HOSE BED
There will be
one (
1 )
hinged shelves, constructed of aluminum grating, provided for hose or equipment storage inside the hose bed located
Between RS side sheet and permanent divider.

Height off of hose bed floor TBD
on the
right
side. The shelf will be attached to the hose bed side
sheet.
0530804
Cover, Hose Bed, Alum Treadplate

HOSE BED COVER
A two (
2 ) section hose bed cover, constructed of .
125
" bright aluminum treadplate will be
furnished. The cover will be hinged with full length stainless steel piano hinge. The sides will be slanted down. A stationary bridgework support assembly will be provided at the rear to support the cover.

The cover will be reinforced so that it can support the weight of a man walking on the cover.

The cover is designed with the left cover opening first.

If access to the water tank fill tower is blocked by the hose bed cover, then a hinged door will be provided in it so that the tank may be filled without raising cover doors.

Chrome grab handles and four (
4 ) gas filled cylinders will be provided to assist in opening and closing the cover. A handrail is to be provided at the rear, in the center of the support, to assist in opening the cover.

The hose bed cover will be connected to the Do Not Move Truck indicator. The light will be activated if the cover is not in the stowed position and the parking brake is released. 0013512
Running Boards, 12.75" Deep

RUNNING BOARDS
Running boards will be fabricated of .
125
" bright aluminum treadplate.

Each running board will be supported by a welded

2.00 " square tubing and channel assembly,
which will be bolted to the pump compartment substructure.

Running boards will be

12.75 " deep and spaced .
50 " away from the pump panel.

A splash guard will be provided above the running board treadplate. 0689621
Tailboard, 16" Deep

TAILBOARD
The tailboard will also be constructed of .
125
" bright aluminum treadplate and spaced .
50 " from
the body, as well as supported by a structural steel assembly.

The tailboard area will be

16.00 " deep.

The exterior side will be flanged down and in for increased rigidity of tailboard structure. 0690037
Wall, Rear, Smooth Aluminum/Body
Material

REAR WALL, SMOOTH ALUMINUM/BODY MATERIAL
The rear facing surfaces of the center rear wall will be smooth aluminum.

The bulkheads, the surface to the rear of the side body compartments, will be smooth and the same material as the body.

Any inboard facing surfaces below the height of the hosebed will be aluminum diamondplate
.
0889214
Tow Eyes, w/Tow Bar, 2G Pumper

REAR TOW EYES
Two (
2 ) tow eyes, which are an integral part of the body mounting substructure, will be installed below the rear of the truck.

The tow eyes will be of adequate strength to allow the truck to be pulled from the eyes.

REAR TOW BAR
One (
1 ) tow bar will be installed under the tailboard,

3.00 " forward from the rear of the tailboard.

With air ride suspension and a
65 gallon fuel tank, the tow bar will be located .
50 " further
rearward than normal when there is this combination of options.

The tow bar assembly will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 30 -degree upward angled
pull of
17,000
lb, or a
20,000
lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle.

The tow bar design will have been tested and evaluated using finite element analysis techniques. 0623362
Hose Restraint, Running Board,
Straps, S/S Seat Belt Buckle Style
Latch

RUNNING BOARD HOSE RESTRAINT
A pair of

2.00 " wide black nylon straps with stainless steel seat belt buckle style latches will be provided for each hose tray to secure the hose during travel. There will be Two (
2 ) hose trays

located
one (
1 ) in each side running board
.
0777430
SP
Tray, Hose, Running Board, Soft
Suction Hose, 30' of 5.00"

HOSE TRAY
Two (
2 ) hose trays
will be recessed
one (
1 ) in each side running board
.

Capacity of the tray will be

30.00 ' of

5.00 " soft suction hose.

Rubber matting will be installed on the floor of the tray to provide proper ventilation. Drain holes will be provided.
42 911
Bid #:

0895820
Construction, Compt, Alum, 2G
Pumper

COMPARTMENTATION
Body and compartments will be fabricated of

0.125
",
5052
-H
32 aluminum.

Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders.

Circular fender liners will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance.

Side compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip.

The side compartment door opening will be framed by flanging the edges in

1.75 " and bending
out again

0.75 " to form an angle.

Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion, formed bright aluminum treadplate or polished stainless steel.

The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear and outward side. These covers will have the corners welded.

Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops.

Front facing compartment walls will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate.

All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury.

UNDERBODY SUPPORT SYSTEM
Due to the severe loading requirements of this pumper a method of body and compartment support suitable for the intended load will be provided.

The backbone of the support system will be the chassis frame rails which is the strongest component of the chassis and is designed for sustaining maximum loads.

Forward to the rear axle, the support system will include "L"-shaped support members bolted to the chassis frame rails. These welded support members will include vertical formed channels, horizontal structural channels, and support gussets. These parts extend from the chassis frame outward underneath the body.

Rearward to the rear axle, the body support system will include two rearward facing "L"-shaped support members bolted to the chassis frame rails. These support members will be connected to the two body supporting crossmembers forming a boxed foundation for the rear body support system.

Steel upper platform decks will be mounted on the top of these support members to create a floating substructure which will result in a
500
lb equipment support rating per lower
compartment.

All structural components of this system will be made from high strength 50 K steel plate material
or structural steel componentry. The steel frames as well as the steel vertical angles will be treated with an epoxy E-coat to provide resistance to corrosion and chemicals as standard.

The floating substructure will be separated from the horizontal members with neoprene elastomer isolators. These isolators will reduce the natural flex stress of the chassis from being transmitted to the body.

Isolators will have a broad load range, proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail-safe design and allow for all necessary movement in three (
3 ) transitional and rotational modes.

The neoprene isolators will be installed in a pattern which assimilates a three ( 3 )-point mounting
pattern to reduce the natural flex of the chassis being transmitted to the body.

A design with body compartments hanging on the chassis in an unsupported fashion will not be acceptable.

AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE
All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards.

LOUVERS
Louvers will be stamped into compartment walls to provide the proper airflow inside the body compartments and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. Where these louvers are provided, they will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate.

TESTING OF BODY DESIGN
Body structural analysis will be fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite element analysis, strain gauging, and model analysis will be performed with special attention given to fatigue, life and structural integrity of the body and substructure.

Body will be tested while loaded to its greatest in-service weight.

The criteria used during the testing procedure will include:

Raising opposite corners of the vehicle tires

9.00 " to simulate the twisting a truck may experience
when driving over a curb.

Making a
90 degree turn, while driving at
20 mph to simulate aggressive driving conditions.

Driving the vehicle at
35 mph on a washboard road.

Driving the vehicle at
55 mph on a smooth road.

Accelerating the vehicle fully, until reaching the approximate speed of 45 mph on rough
pavement.

Evidence of actual testing techniques will be made available upon request. 43 911
Bid #:

0023650
LS 152" Rollup, Full Height Front &
Rear, FDLER

LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
The left side compartmentation will consist of three rollup door compartments.

A full height, rollup door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be

34.50 " wide x

66.63 " high x

25.88 " deep in the lower

25.00 " of the compartment and

12.00 " deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of

28.75 " wide x

56.88 " high.

A rollup door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be

66.50 " wide x

32.88 " high x

12.00 " deep. The clear door opening will be a
minimum of

58.25 " wide x

23.13 " high.

A full height, rollup door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.

The interior
dimensions of this compartment will be

47.75 " wide x

67.63 " high x

25.88 " deep in the
lower

26.00 " of height and

12.00 " deep in the remaining upper section of the compartment.

The clear door opening will be a minimum of

44.75 " wide x

57.88 " high.

The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling. The spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame.

Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.
0063658
RS 152" Rollup, Full Height Front &
Rear, FDLER

RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
The right side compartmentation will consist of three rollup door compartments.

A full height, rollup door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be

34.50 " wide x

66.63 " high x

25.88 " deep in the lower

25.00 " of the compartment and

12.00 " deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of

28.75 " wide x

56.88 " high.

A rollup door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be

66.50 " wide x

32.88 " high x

12.00 " deep. The clear door opening will be a
minimum of

58.25 " wide x

23.13 " high.

A full height, rollup door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.

The interior
dimensions of this compartment will be

47.75 " wide x

67.63 " high x

25.88 " deep in the
lower

26.00 " of height and

12.00 " deep in the remaining upper section of the compartment.

The clear door opening will be a minimum of

44.75 " wide x

57.88 " high.

Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.
0594005
Doors, Rollup, Amdor, Side
Compartments

SIDE COMPARTMENT ROLLUP DOOR(S)
There will be
six (
6 ) compartment doors
installed on the side compartments, double faced,
aluminum construction,
painted one (
1 ) color to match the lower portion of the body
and
manufactured by AMDOR
™
brand rollup doors.

Door(s) will be constructed using

1.00 " extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools.

The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement.

Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One ( 1 ) fin will be
designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal which will also allow for compression to prevent water ingression.

The doors will be mounted in a one (
1 )-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials.

Bottom panel flange of rollup door will be equipped with two ( 2 ) cut-outs to allow for easier access
with gloved hands.

A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model
751
to match all compartment and cab doors
. The lift bar will be located at the
bottom of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals.

All injection molded rollup door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 nylon.

Each rollup door will have a

3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door.

The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed

4.00 ".

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 0013671
Compt, Rear, Rollup, 30.75" FF,

25.88" D

REAR COMPARTMENTATION
A roll-up door compartment above the rear tailboard will be provided .

The interior dimensions of this compartment will be

40.00 " wide x

33.63 " high x

25.88 " deep. The
spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed.

A louvered, removable access panel will be furnished on the back wall of the compartment.

The rear compartment will be open into the rear side compartments.

The clear door opening of this compartment will be a minimum of

33.25 " wide x

23.88 " high.

Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.
44 911
Bid #:

0594003
Door, Amdor, Rollup, Rear
Compartment

ROLLUP REAR COMPARTMENT DOOR
The rear compartment will have a rollup door.

The door will be double faced, aluminum construction,
satin aluminum
and manufactured by
AMDOR
™
brand rollup doors.

The door will be constructed using

The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement.

The door will be mounted in a one (
1 )-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials.

Bottom panel flange of rollup door will be equipped with two ( 2 ) cut-outs to allow for easier access
with gloved hands.

All injection molded rollup door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 Nylon.

The door will have a

3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door.

The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed

4.00 ".

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 0554995
No Body Modification Required

0026023
Scuffplate, S/S Around Fender Compt
Openings

SCUFFPLATE
A polished stainless steel scuffplate will be furnished around the opening for all of the fender compartments.
0644828
Scuffplate, S/S, Around Ladder
Storage Compt Opening

SCUFFPLATE
A
polished stainless steel
scuffplate will be provided around the ladder storage compartment opening.
0016023
Scuffplate, Polished S/S On Rear
Outside Edge of Body

SCUFFPLATE
A pair of polished stainless steel scuffplates will be furnished full height each side of the rear outer corners of the body.
0625184
Guard, Drip Pan, S/S, Rollup Door,
Pumper

DOOR GUARD
There will be
seven (
7 ) compartment doors
that will include a guard/drip pan designed to protect
the rollup door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed left side rearward compartment, left side
over the wheel compartment, left side forward compartment, right side rearward compartment, right side over the wheel compartment, right side forward compartment and rear compartment .
0616670
Lights, Compt, Pierce LED, Dual
Light Strips, Each Side of Door,
Pumper/Tanker

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be
seven (
7 )
compartment(s) with two (
2 ) white
12 volt DC LED compartment light
strips. The dual light strips will be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. There will be two (
2 ) light strips per compartment. The dual light strips will be in all body
compartment
(s).

Any remaining compartments without light strips will have a

6.00 " diameter Truck-Lite, Model:
79384
light. Each light will have a number
1076
one filament, two wire bulb.

Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0687146
Shelf Tracks, Painted

MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be
seven (
7 ) sets of tracks
for mounting shelf(s) in
LS
1 , LS
2 , LS
3 , RS
1 , RS
2 , RS
3 and
B
1 . These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s), and will be full height of the compartment. The tracks will be painted to match the compartment interior. 0600350
Shelves, Adj, 500 lb Capacity, Full
Width/Depth, Predefined Locations

ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be
seven (
7 ) shelves
with a capacity of
500
lb provided.

The shelf construction will consist of .
188
" aluminum
painted spatter gray
with

2.00 " sides.

Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.

The shelves will be held in place by .
12 " thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.

The location(s) will be
in LS
1 at the depth transition point, in RS
1 at the transition point, in RS
3 at
the transition point, in RS
3 in the lower third, in RS
3 in the upper third, in LS
2 centered between
the floor and ceiling and in LS
3 at the depth transition point
.
45 911
Bid #:

0709690
Tray, 250 lb Slide-out, 2" Sides - Adj.

Height, Predefined Locations

SLIDE-OUT ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TRAY
There will be
three (
3 ) slide-out trays
provided.

Each tray will have

2.00 " high sides and a minimum capacity rating of
250
lb in the extended
position.

Each tray will be constructed of aluminum
painted spatter gray
.

Each tray will be mounted on a pair of side mounted slides. The slide mechanisms will have ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service. The slides will be mounted to shelf tracks to allow the tray to be adjustable up and down within the designated mounting location.

An automatic lock will be provided for both the in and out tray positions. The lock trip mechanism will be located at the front of the tray and will be easily operated with a gloved hand.

The location(s) will be
in B
1 centered between the floor and ceiling, in LS
1 in the lower third and
in LS
3 in the lower third
0647091
Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out,
500lb, 2.00" Sides

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be
four (
4 )
floor mounted slide-out tray(s) provided.

Each tray will have

2.00 " high sides and a minimum capacity rating of
500
lb in the extended
position.

Each tray will be constructed of aluminum
painted spatter gray
There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250
lb each provided. The pair of
slides will have a safety factor rating of
2 .

To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of
1,000
hours of salt spray per ASTM B
117
.

To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50 lb force for push-in or
pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker)
test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition.

Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.

The location(s) will be
RS
1 , LS
1 , B
1 and LS
3 .
0785120
Bin, Storage, Aluminum, Each

STORAGE BIN
There will be a quantity of
one (
1 )
storage bin(s) provided. Each bin will made of .
125
" aluminum
and will be
dual action finshed
. The bin(s) will be
6 "W x
6 "H x
18 "D,
in size and the configuration
will be
Mounted so that the face of the bin (
6 " width) is butted up against front
2 " lip of floor tray,
the
18 " depth of the tray will extend towards the rear of the compartment. located
Left front corner
of LS
3 floor mounted slide out tray
.
0024016
Rub Rail, Aluminum Extruded, Side &
Rear of Body

RUB RAIL
Bottom edge of the side and rear of the body compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail.

Trim will be

2.12 " high with

1.38 " flanges turned outward for rigidity.

The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage.
0784811
Fender Crowns, Rear, Stainless,
w/Removable Liner

BODY FENDER CROWNS
Polished stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings with a dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.

The fender crowns will be held in place with stainless steel screws that thread directly into a composite nut and not directly into the parent body sheet metal to eliminate dissimilar metals contact and greatly reduce the chance for corrosion. Rubber welting will be provided between the body and crown.

BODY FENDER LINER
A
painted to match the lower body color
fender liner will be provided. The liners will be removable to aid in the maintenance of rear suspension components. 0519849
Not Required, Hose, Hard Suction

HARD SUCTION HOSE
Hard suction hose will not be required.
0626229
Handrails, Side Pump Panels, Per
Print

HANDRAILS
The handrails will be

1.25 " diameter knurled aluminum to provide a positive gripping surface.

Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.

Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails.

Handrails will be provided to meet NFPA
1901
section

15.8 requirements. The handrails will be
installed as noted on the sales drawing.
0004126
Handrails, Beavertail, Standard

HANDRAILS
One (
1 ) vertical handrail will be located on each rear beavertail. 46 911
Bid #:

0610196
Handrail, Rear, Above Hose Bed,
New York Style/Low Hose Bed

One (1) horizontal
knurled
handrail will be provided above the hose bed at the rear of the apparatus.

The hose bed dividers shall be tied to the upper handrail or cross bar in order to provide sufficient reinforcement.
0797128
SP
Compt, Square Air Bottle Fender
Panel, Tri Door w/ Fuel Fill

SINGLE AIR BOTTLE STORAGE
A single air bottle compartment will be provided
RS behind rear axle
. The air bottle compartment
will be square (

7.25 " diameter) with angled corners and of adequate depth to accommodate different size air bottles.

Flooring will be rubber lined and have a drain hole. A
painted
stainless steel triangular shaped
door with a
chrome plated flush lift & turn latch
will be provided to contain the air bottle. The door
will cover the fuel fill and the air bottle opening.

Inside the compartment,
black rubber matting
will be provided.

A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP
A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment to help contain the air bottle when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment.
0777663
SP
Compt, Square Air Bottle Fender
Panel, Common Door w/ Fuel Fill

SINGLE AIR BOTTLE STORAGE
A single air bottle compartment will be provided
DS, Behind rear Axle
. The air bottle compartment
will be square (

7.25 " diameter) with angled corners and of adequate depth to accommodate different size air bottles.

Flooring will be rubber lined and have a drain hole. A
painted
stainless steel door with a
chrome
plated flush lift & turn latch
will be provided to contain the air bottle. The door will cover the air bottle opening and the adjacent fuel fill.

Inside the compartment,
black rubber matting
will be provided.

A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.
0657522
Compt, Air Bottle, Triple, Fender
Panel
AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Triple)
A quantity of
one (
1 ) air bottle compartment
designed to hold (
3 ) air bottles up to

7.25 " in
diameter x

26.00 " deep will be provided
on the right side forward of the rear wheels
. A
painted

stainless steel door with a
chrome plated flush lift & turn latch
will be provided to contain the air
bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

Inside the compartment,
black rubber matting
will be provided.

AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP
A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment(s) to help contain the air bottles when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment.
0734162
SP
Compt, Air Bottle, Triple, Fender
Panel, Spcl Painted Door

AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Triple)
A quantity of
one (
1 ) air bottle compartment
designed to hold (
3 ) air bottles up to

7.25 " in
diameter x

26.00 " deep will be provided
on the left side forward of the rear wheels
. A painted door
with a
chrome plated flush lift & turn latch
will be provided to contain the air bottle. The door will be painted
Pierce red
90 (match Body Color)
. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the
door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

Inside the compartment,
black rubber matting
will be provided.

EXTENSION LADDER
There will be a
24 ' two-section aluminum Duo-Safety Series
900
-A extension ladder provided.
0004230
Ladder, 14' Duo-Safety 775A Roof

ROOF LADDER
There will be a
14 ' aluminum Duo-Safety Series
775
-A roof ladder provided.
0049958
Ladders Btwn Tank & S.Sht, RS,
Ext'd Rr, Encl'd Complete, RPH

LADDER STORAGE
The ladders will be stored between the water tank and the right side compartments.

The ladders will extend into the pump compartment just to the rear of the water pump discharges.

The ladder storage area will be enclosed as practical by means of sheet metal to protect the ladders from road dirt. The ladders that extend into the pump house will also be enclosed. A black rubber boot will be provided to enclose the ladders in the gap between the pump house and the body.

Each ladder will be stored vertically in a separate stainless steel storage trough. Each stainless steel trough will be lined with Dura-Surf nylon slides.

An aluminum enclosure will be provided at the rear of the body to properly contain the ladders.

This enclosure will extend to the rear of the side body compartments.

The enclosure will also include a vertically hinged
smooth aluminum
door with a
locking D-handle
latch with key Model
751
to access the ladders. The door will be hinged
on the right side
.

On the rear wall, there will be a
bright aluminum treadplate
scuffplate around the door for the
ladder enclosure.
47 911
Bid #:

0733387
Ladder, 10' Duo-Safety Folding 585A

FOLDING LADDER
One (
1 )

10.00 ' aluminum, Series
585
-A, Duo-Safety folding ladder will be installed.
0602877
Pike Pole, Pumper, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA 2016

PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, Section

5.9.4 requires one (
1 )
8 ft or longer pike pole mounted in a
bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The pike pole is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the pike pole.

The pike pole(s) will be a
Duo-Safety
10 ' pike pole
.
0760175
Tube, Pike Pole 8' or Longer, Btwn
Tank & S.Sht Ladder Storage

PIKE POLE STORAGE
There will be storage designated
right side
for
One (
1 ) pike pole

8 ' or longer pike poles stored in a
tube between the side sheet and tank in the ground ladder storage compartment. 0602875
Pike Pole, 6', Pumper, Provided by
Fire Department, NFPA 2016

6 ' PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, Section

5.9.4 requires one (
1 )
6 ' pike pole or plaster hook mounted in a
bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The pike pole is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the pike pole.

The pike pole(s) will be a
Duo-Safety
6 ' pike pole
.
0733075
Mounting Selected in Cab Categories

0081834
Trough for D-Handled Trash Hook,
Qty

TRASH HOOK STORAGE
There will be
one (
1 )
stainless steel U-shaped trough(s) provided for storage of D-handle style trash hook(s). The trough(s) will be installed
Ladder Storage Compartment
.
0784210
SP
Tubes, Alum, Long Tool Storage,

2.50" Diameter, Trans Through Rr
Compt

LONG TOOL STORAGE
Aluminum tubing will be used for the storage of
four (
4 )
long tool(s) and will be located transverse
high
Two (
2 ) Tubes Accessible from the right side (RS
1 ) and Two (
2 ) Tubes Accessible from the
left side (LS
1 )
through the rear compartment. The tube will extend from the back wall of the right side rearward compartment to the back wall of the left side rearward compartment. The tube(s) will not extend into either side compartment. If the head of a pike pole can come in contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided. The diameter of the storage tubes will be

2.50 ".
0024388
No Steps Required, Front Of Body
0592994
Steps, Folding, Rear of Body, w/LED,
Trident

REAR FOLDING STEPS
Bright finished, non-skid folding steps with
a black tread coating
on the stepping surface will be
provided at the rear. Each step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface.

The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. 48 911
Bid #:

0007575
Pump House, Side Control, 48",
Control Zone

PUMP COMPARTMENT
The pump compartment will be separate from the hose body and compartments so that each may flex independently of the other. The pump compartment will be constructed of the same material as the body compartmentation.

The pump compartment substructure will be a fabricated assembly of steel tubing, angles and channels which supports both the fire pump and the side running boards.

The pump compartment will be mounted on the chassis frame rails with rubber biscuits in a four point pattern to allow for chassis frame twist.

Pump compartment, pump, plumbing and gauge panels will be removable from the chassis in a single assembly.

PUMP MOUNTING
Pump will be mounted to a substructure which will be mounted to the chassis frame rail using rubber isolators. The mounting will allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the fire pump.

LEFT SIDE PUMP CONTROL PANEL
All pump controls and gauges will be located at the left (driver's) side of the apparatus and properly identified.

Layout of the pump control panel will be ergonomically efficient and systematically organized.

The pump operator's control panel will be removable in two ( 2 ) main sections for ease of
maintenance:

The upper section will contain sub panels for the mounting of the pump pressure control device, engine monitoring gauges, electrical switches, and foam controls (if applicable). Sub panels will be removable from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. Below the sub panels will be located all valve controls and line pressure gauges.

The lower section of the panel will contain all inlets, outlets, and drains.

All push/pull valve controls will have
1/4
turn locking control rods with polished chrome plated zinc tee handles. Guides for the push/pull control rods will be chrome plated zinc castings securely mounted to the pump panel. Push/pull valve controls will be capable of locking in any position.

The control rods will pull straight out of the panel and will be equipped with universal joints to eliminate binding.

IDENTIFICATION TAGS
The identification tag for each valve control will be recessed in the face of the tee handle.

All discharge outlets will have color coded identification tags, with each discharge having its own unique color. Color coding will include the labeling of the outlet and the drain for each corresponding discharge.

All line pressure gauges will be mounted directly above the corresponding discharge control tee handles and recessed within the same chrome plated casting as the rod guide for quick identification. The gauge and rod guide casting will be removable from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. The casting will be color coded to correspond with the discharge identification tag.

All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome plated bezels.

The pump panel on the right (passenger's) side will be removable with lift and turn type fasteners.

Trim rings will be installed around all inlets and outlets. 0037731
Pump House Structure, Raised,
Included with Ladder Storage

0004425
Pump, Waterous, CSU, 1500 GPM,
Single Stage
PUMP
Pump will be a Waterous CSU,
1500
gpm single (
1 ) stage midship mounted centrifugal type.

Pump will be the class "A" type.

Pump will deliver the percentage of rated discharge at pressures indicated below:
-
100%
of rated capacity at
150
psi net pump pressure.
-
70%
of rated capacity at
200
psi net pump pressure.
-
50%
of rated capacity at
250
psi net pump pressure.

Pump body will be close-grained gray iron, bronze fitted, and horizontally split in two ( 2 ) sections
for easy removal of the entire impeller shaft assembly (including wear rings).

Pump will be designed for complete servicing from the bottom of the truck, without disturbing the pump setting or apparatus piping.

Pump case halves will be bolted together on a single horizontal face to minimize chance of leakage and facilitate ease of reassembly. No end flanges will be used.

Discharge manifold of the pump will be cast as an integral part of the pump body assembly and will provide a minimum of three (
3 )

3.50 " openings for flexibility in providing various discharge outlets for maximum efficiency.

The three (
3 )

3.50 " openings will be located as follows: one (
1 ) outlet to the right of the pump, one
(
1 ) outlet to the left of the pump, and one (
1 ) outlet directly on top of the discharge manifold.

Impeller shaft will be stainless steel, accurately ground to size. It will be supported at each end by sealed, anti-friction ball bearings for rigid precise support. Impeller will have flame plated hubs assuring maximum pump life and efficiency despite any presence of abrasive matter in the water supply.

Bearings will be protected from water and sediment by suitable stuffing boxes, flinger rings, and oil seals. No special or sleeve type bearings will be used. 0004482
Seal, Mechanical, Waterous

Pump will be equipped with a self-adjusting, maintenance-free, mechanical shaft seal.

The mechanical seal will consist of a flat, highly polished, spring fed carbon ring that rotates with the impeller shaft. The carbon ring will press against a highly polished stainless steel stationary ring that is sealed within the pump body.

In addition, a throttling ring will be pressed into the steel chamber cover, providing a very small clearance around the rotating shaft in the event of a mechanical seal failure. The pump performance will not deteriorate, nor will the pump lose prime, while drafting if the seal fails during pump operation.

Wear rings will be bronze and easily replaceable to restore original pump efficiency and eliminate the need to replace the entire pump casing due to wear. 49 911
Bid #:

0559769
Trans, Pump, Waterous C20 Series

PUMP TRANSMISSION
The pump transmission will be made of a three (
3 ) piece, aluminum, horizontally split casing.

Power transfer to pump will be through a high strength Morse HY-VO silent drive chain. By the use of a chain rather than gears,
50%
of the sprocket will be accepting or transmitting torque, compared to two (
2 ) or three (
3 ) teeth doing all the work.

Drive shafts will be

2.35 " diameter hardened and ground alloy steel and supported by ball bearings. The case will be designed to eliminate the need for water cooling. 0635600
Pumping Mode, Stationary Only

PUMPING MODE
An interlock system will be provided to ensure that the pump drive system components are properly engaged so that the apparatus can be safely operated. The interlock system will be designed to allow stationary pumping only.
0605126
Pump Shift, Air Mnl Override, Split
Shaft, Interlocked, Waterous

AIR PUMP SHIFT
Pump shift engagement will be made by a two (
2 ) position sliding collar, actuated pneumatically
(by air pressure), with a three (
3 ) position air control switch located in the cab. A manual back-up shift control will also be located on the left side pump panel.

Two (
2 ) indicator lights will be provided adjacent to the pump shift inside the cab. One ( 1 ) green
light will indicate the pump shift has been completed and be labeled "pump engaged". The second green light will indicate when the pump has been engaged, and that the chassis transmission is in pump gear. This indicator light will be labeled "OK to pump".

The pump shift will be interlocked to prevent the pump from being shifted out of gear when the chassis transmission is in gear to meet NFPA requirements.

The pump shift control in the cab will be illuminated to meet NFPA requirements. 0003148
Transmission Lock-up, EVS

TRANSMISSION LOCK-UP
The direct gear transmission lock-up for the fire pump operation will engage automatically when the pump shift control in the cab is activated.
0004547
Auxiliary Cooling System

AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM
A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. The heat exchanger will be a separate unit. It will be installed in the pump or engine compartment with the control located on the pump operator's control panel. The exchanger will be plumbed to the master drain valve. 0014486
Not Required, Transfer Valve, Single
Stage Pump
0650961
Not Required, Intake Relief Valve,
Relief Valve Provided Elsewhere

0794959
Controller, Pressure, Pierce, Pump
Boss, PBA300

PRESSURE CONTROLLER
A Pierce Pump Boss Model PBA
300
pressure governor will be provided.

A pressure transducer will be installed in the water discharge manifold on the pump.

The display panel will be located at the pump operator's panel. 0072153
Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air
Operated

PRIMING PUMP
The priming pump will be a Trident Emergency Products compressed air powered, high efficiency, multistage venturi based AirPrime System, conforming to standards outlined in the current edition of NFPA
1901
.

All wetted metallic parts of the priming system are to be of brass and stainless steel construction.

One (
1 ) priming control will open the priming valve and start the pump primer. 0780364
Manuals, Pump, (2) Total, Electronic
Copies

PUMP MANUALS
There will be a total of two (
2 ) pump manuals provided by the pump manufacturer and furnished with the apparatus. The manuals will be provided by the pump manufacturer in the form of two ( 2 )
electronic copies. Each manual will cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts. 0602512
Plumbing, Stainless Steel and Hose,
Single Stage Pump, Control Zone

PLUMBING, STAINLESS STEEL AND HOSE
All inlet and outlet lines will be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe, flexible polypropylene tubing or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with hi-tensile polyester braid. All hose's will be equipped with brass or stainless steel couplings. All stainless steel hard plumbing will be a minimum of a schedule
10 wall thickness.

Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings.

Plumbing manifold bodies will be ductile cast iron or stainless steel.

All piping lines are to be drained through a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual drain valves. All drain lines will be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame.

All water carrying gauge lines will be of flexible polypropylene tubing.

All piping, hose and fittings will have a minimum of a
500
PSI hydrodynamic pressure rating.
50 911
Bid #:

0795135
Plumbing, Stainless Steel, w/Foam
System

FOAM SYSTEM PLUMBING
All piping that is in contact with the foam concentrate or foam/water solution will be stainless steel. The fittings will be stainless steel or brass. Cast iron pump manifolds will be allowed. 0004645
Inlets, 6.00" - 1250 GPM or Larger
Pump

MAIN PUMP INLETS
A

6.00 " pump manifold inlet will be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets will include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump.
0726305
SP
Pump Suction Tubes, Long

PUMP SUCTION TUBE
Pump suction tubes on the mid-ship pump will extend approximately

4.50 " past the side pump
panel.
0731590
SP
Valve, Waterous Monarch w/Relief,
RS Side Inlet, 6", Dual Wat. Electric
Control

INLET BUTTERFLY VALVE
One (
1 ) Waterous Monarch inline butterfly valve will be provided on the right side main pump inlet.

The

6.00 " inlet valve will be partially recessed behind the pump panel with a "key hole" shaped stainless steel trim ring around the opening.

A built-in, adjustable pressure relief valve and a bleeder valve will be provided on the inlet side of the valve. The bleeder valve controls will be located at the threaded connection and at the pump operator's panel.

Valve will be electrically operated. An electric actuator, with seven ( 7 ) valve position LED indicator
lights, will be provided at the left side and right side pump panels. 0615562
SP
Valve, Waterous Monarch w/Relief,
LS Side Inlet, 6", Waterous Electric
Control

INLET BUTTERFLY VALVE
One (
1 ) Waterous Monarch inline butterfly valve will be provided on the left side main pump inlet.

The

6.00 " inlet valve will be partially recessed behind the pump panel with a "key hole" shaped stainless steel trim ring around the opening.

Valve will be electrically operated. An electric actuator, with seven ( 7 ) valve position LED indicator
lights, will be provided at the pump operator's panel.
0004646
Cap, Main Pump Inlet, Long Handle,

NST, VLH

MAIN PUMP INLET CAP
The main pump inlets will have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap.

The cap will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0671370
Valves, Waterous Discharge Valves,

1.75" and Larger, No Pony Inlets

VALVES
Waterous valves will be used for all discharges

1.75 " and larger.

The Waterous valves will have a solid bronze ball that is chromium plated for a hard, durable surface. The spring loaded floating seal assembly will require no adjustment, yet provides a tight seal against both pressure and vacuum pressures.

Any discharges smaller that

1.75 " will be Akron.
0016158
Valve, Inlet(s) Recessed, Side Cntrl,
"Control Zone"
The location of the valve for the
one (1) inlet
will be recessed behind the pump panel.
0004700
Control, Inlet, at Valve

INLET CONTROL
The side auxiliary inlet(s) will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the inlet valve. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. 0004660
Inlet (1), Left Side, 2.50"

LEFT SIDE INLET
There will be one (
1 ) auxiliary inlet with a

2.50 " valve at the left side pump panel, terminating with a

2.50 " (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 0004680
Inlet, Right Side, 2.50"

RIGHT SIDE INLET
There will be one (
1 ) auxiliary inlet with a

2.50 " valve at the right side pump panel, terminating
with a

2.50 " (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 0044279
Adapter, Side Inlet, Rigid, 6" FNST x

4.5" MNST w/Cap

ADAPTER, INLET
A rigid

6.00 " FNST x

4.50 " MNST adapter with long handle cap will be provided each side on the main pump inlets.
51 911
Bid #:

0889690
SP
Anode, Zinc, (3) Pump- Inlets

ANODE, INLET
Three (
3 ) sacrificial zinc anodes will be provided in the water pump, one ( 1 ) for each main inlet.
0888002
SP
Inlet, 4" to 6" Front, 5" S/S Plumbing,
Waterous Monarch Valve
w/Bleeder,Calif

FRONT INLET
A

4.50 " inlet
front inlet that terminates on the right side bumper extension with a "California" style

8.00 " wide notch
will be provided.

The plumbing will consist of

5.00 "
black iron pipe
and a

6.00 " Waterous Monarch valve. Only
radius elbows will be used in the piping, no mitered joints.

Drains will be furnished in all the low points of piping and have .
75 " valves with swing handle.

There will be one (
1 ) bleeder valve near the font inlet valve control.

Die cast zinc screens will be provided at the front inlet connection. 0761341
SP
Control, Front Inlet, Electric,
Waterous, w/Override, w/Momentary
Switch

FRONT INLET CONTROL
The front suction will be an electrically operated valve with an electric control at the pump operator's panel.

The valve will be electrically operated and an electric actuator with a Waterous seven ( 7 ) valve
position LED indicator lights will be provided at the pump operator's panel.

The electric actuator will be furnished with manual override.

A manual override hex nut will be provided directly on the valve.

A momentary switch will be provided near the manual hex nut override. The switch will cut off power to the valve to allow for manual valve actuation. An instruction placard will be supplied with directions to operate the manual override.

A manual override ratchet type wrench will be provided in loose equipment to override the front inlet valve.
0737984
Valve, Relief Intake, Front Inlet,
Waterous

FRONT INLET INTAKE RELIEF VALVE
An Waterous Model
#83827
intake pressure relief valve will be provided on the inlet side of the valve preset at
125
psig
.

The relief valve will have a working range of
50 psi to
250
psi.

The outlet will terminate below the frame rails with a

2.50 " National Standard hose thread adapter
and will have a "do not cap" warning tag.
0650998
Not Required, Elbow/Swivel, Front
Suction
0004788
Cap, Front Inlet, Long Handle, VLH

FRONT INLET CAP
The front inlet will have National Standard hose threads with a long handle cap.

The cap will incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.

The cap will be fabricated from brass material.
0092569
No Rear Inlet (Large Dia) Requested

0064116
No Rear Inlet Actuation Required

0092696
Not Required, Cap, Rear Inlet

0009648
No Rear Intake Relief Valve Required
on Rear Inlet
0755539
SP
Inlet, Front Suction Thread Location,
Flush With Cab

THREAD LOCATION FRONT INLET
The threads on the front suction will terminate as close to flush as possible with the cab. 0092568
No Rear Auxiliary Inlet Requested

0723049
Valve, .75" Bleeder, Aux. Side Inlet,
"T" Swing Handle

INLET BLEEDER VALVE
A

0.75 " bleeder valve will be provided for each side gated inlet.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a "T" swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel.

The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.

The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 52 911
Bid #:

0029043
Tank to Pump, (1) 3.00" Valve, 3.00"
Plumbing

TANK TO PUMP
The booster tank will be connected to the intake side of the pump with stainless steel piping and a quarter turn

3.00 " full flow line valve with the control remotely located at the operator's panel.

Tank to pump line will run straight (no elbows) from the pump into the front face of the water tank and angle down into the tank sump. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing.

A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank.
0004905
Outlet, Tank Fill, 1.50"

TANK REFILL
A

1.50 " combination tank refill and pump re-circulation line will be provided, using a quarter-turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. 0062133
Control, Outlets, Manual, Pierce HW
if applicable

DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS
The discharge outlets will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve.

If a handwheel control valve is used, the control will be a minimum of a

3.9 " diameter stainless
steel handwheel with a dial position indicator built in to the center of the handwheel.

Any

3.00 inch or larger discharge valve will be a slow-operating valve in accordance with NFPA

16.7.5.3 .
0004940
Outlet, Left Side, 2.50"

LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
There will be
One (
1 ) discharge outlet
with a

2.50 " valve on the left side of the apparatus,
terminating with a

2.50 " (M) National Standard hose thread adapter.
0005091
Elbow, Left Side Outlets, 45 Degree,

2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH

LEFT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The

2.50 " discharge outlets located on the left side pump panel will be furnished with a

2.50 " (F)
National Standard hose thread x

2.50 " (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092570
Not Required, Outlets, Left Side
Additional
0035094
Not Required, Elbow, Left Side
Outlets, Additional
0004945
Outlet, Right Side, 2.50"

RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
There will be
Two (
2 ) discharge outlets
with a

2.50 " valve on the right side of the apparatus,
terminating with a

2.50 " (M) National Standard hose thread adapter.
0025091
Elbow, Right Side Outlets, 45
Degree, 2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST,
VLH

RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The

2.50 " discharge outlets located on the right side pump panel will be furnished with a

2.50 " (F)
National Standard hose thread x

2.50 " (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092571
Not Required, Outlets, Right Side
Additional
0089584
Not Required, Elbow, Right Side
Outlets, Additional
0005047
Outlet, 4" w/4" Right, Handwheel

LARGE DIAMETER DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be a

4.00 " discharge outlet with a

4.00 "
Akron
valve installed on the right side of the
apparatus, terminating with a

4.00 " (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. This discharge outlet will be actuated with a handwheel control at the pump operator's control panel.

An indicator will be provided to show when the valve is in the closed position. 0566073
Elbow, Large Dia Outlet, 30 Deg,

4.00" FNST x 4.50" MNST

LARGE DIAMETER OUTLET ELBOWS
The

4.00 " outlet will be furnished with a

4.00 " (F) National Standard hose thread swivel x

4.50 "
(M) National Standard hose thread elbow adapter with cap. 53 911
Bid #:

0649939
Outlet, Front, 1.50" w/2" Plumbing

FRONT DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be one (
1 )

1.50 " discharge outlet piped to the front of the apparatus and located on the
top of the left side of the front bumper
.

Plumbing will consist of

2.00 " piping and flexible hose with a

2.00 " ball valve with control at the
pump operator's panel. A fabricated weldment made of stainless steel pipe will be used in the plumbing where appropriate. The piping will terminate with a

1.50 " NST with
90 degree stainless
steel swivel
.

There will be
T swing handle
drains provided at all low points of the piping.
0004995
Outlet, Rear, 2.50"

REAR DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be
Two (
2 ) discharge outlets
piped to the rear of the hose bed,
two (
2 ) on the left side
,
installed so proper clearance is provided for spanner wrenches or adapters. Plumbing will consist of

2.50 " piping along with a

2.50 " full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel.
0045091
Elbow, Rear Outlets, 45 Degree,

2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH

REAR OUTLET ELBOWS
The

2.50 " discharge outlets located at the rear of the apparatus will be furnished with a

2.50 " (F)
National Standard hose thread x

2.50 " (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092574
Not Required, Outlet, Rear, Additional

0085695
Not Required, Elbow, Rear Outlets,
Large, Additional
0092573
Not Required, Outlet, Hose
Bed/Running Board Tray

0752078
Caps/Plugs for 1.00" to 3.00"
Discharges/Inlets, S/S Cable

DISCHARGECAPS/ INLET PLUGS
Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with S/S cables will be furnished for all discharge outlets

1.00 "
thru

3.00 " in size, besides the pre-connected hose outlets.

Chrome plated, rocker lug, plugs with S/S cables will be furnished for all auxiliary inlets

1.00 " thru

3.00 " in size.

The caps and plugs will incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0723042
Valve, 0.75" Bleeder, Discharges, "T"
Swing Handle

OUTLET BLEEDER VALVE
A

0.75 " bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet

1.50 " or larger. Automatic drain valves are
acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a T swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel.

The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position.

The T swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.

Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to.

The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0898518
SP
Outlet, 3.00" Deluge, Additional 3.00"
Valve w/HW, TFT Extend-a-Gun
XG18

DELUGE RISER
A

3.00 " deluge riser will be installed above the pump in such a manner that a monitor can be mounted and used effectively. Piping will be installed securely so no movement develops when the line is charged. The riser will be gated and controlled at the pump operator's panel.

A second

3.00 " valve will be installed below the extend-a-gun. The second valve will be controlled in near the outlet with a large handwheel and indicator. The handwheel will be mounted as high in the cargo area as possible.

Any

3.00 inch or larger discharge valve will be a slow-operating valve in accordance with NFPA

16.7.5.3 .

TELESCOPIC PIPING
The deluge riser piping will include an

18.00 " Task Force Model XG
18 Extend-A-Gun extension.

This extension will be telescopic to allow the deluge gun to be raised

18.00 " increasing the range
of operation.

A position sensor will be provided on the telescopic piping that will activate the "do not move vehicle" light inside the cab when the monitor is in the raised position. 0777050
Monitor, TFT Crossfire XFT-NJ, No
Ground Base

MONITOR
A Task Force Tips Crossfire #XFT-NJ monitor will be properly installed on the deluge riser. This monitor will be
painted as provided by monitor manufacturer
.
54 911
Bid #:

0047322
Nozzle, TFT M-R, 1,250 GPM, with
XF-SS5 and MST-4NJ, Shaper and
Tips
NOZZLE
A Task Force Tips Master Stream Series M-R nozzle will be provided.

Included will be a Task Force Tips XF-SS
5 stream straightener and MST-
4 NJ quad stacked tips.

Tip sizes will be

1.38 ",

1.50 ",

1.75 " and

2.0 ".
0046857
Deluge Mount, For TFT Crossfire
Monitor, TFT Manual Extend-A-Gun
Only
The deluge riser Extend-a-Gun will have provisions for direct mounting a Task Force Tips CrossFire monitor.
0723726
Speedlay Module Not Required

0722432
Hose Restraint Not Required, No
Speedlay Module
0723395
Speedlays, Not Required

0723394
Speedlays, Not Required

0669392
SP
Crosslay, 1.50" Std. Cap, Unpainted,

2.5" Waterous Valve

CROSSLAY HOSE BEDS
Three (
3 ) crosslays
with

1.50 " outlets will be provided. Each bed to be capable of carrying 200

feet of

1.75 " double jacketed hose and will be plumbed with

2.00 " i.d. pipe and gated with a

2.50 "
Waterous valve.

Outlets to be equipped with a

1.50 " National Standard hose thread
90 degree swivel located in
the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus.

The crosslay controls will be at the pump operator's panel.

Stainless steel vertical scuffplates will be provided at hose bed ends (each side of vehicle). Bottom of hose bed ends (each side) will also be equipped with a stainless steel scuffplate. The interior walls of the hosebed will be unpainted.

Crosslay bed flooring will consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum. 0029196
Not Required, 2.50" Crosslay

0601568
SP
Hose Restraint, Crosslay/Deadlay,
Vinyl, Seatbelt, Each Side, Ends

CROSSLAY/DEADLAY HOSE RESTRAINT
There will be
black
vinyl end flap provided across each end of
three (
3 )
crosslay/deadlay opening
(s) to secure the hose during travel.

Each vinyl end flap will be permanently attached at the top
of the crosslay/deadlay opening(s).

They will be attached with seatbelt fasteners.

3.00 " long male seat belt anchors will be provided
for use with the seat belt webbing. The anchors will be provided with footman style loops at the bottom of the crosslay opening.
0029260
Not Required, Speedlays

0750536
Hose Restr, Spdly, Not Required, No
Spdly
0615255
Cover, Crosslay, 3/16" Alum
Treadplate, Front Hinge

CROSSLAY COVER
A hinged .
19 " aluminum treadplate cover will be installed over the crosslay hose beds. It will include a latch at each end of the cover to hold it securely in place, a chrome grab handle at each end for opening and closing the cover and a foam rubber gasket where the cover comes into contact to a painted surface.

The cover will be provided with
rubber latch
hold open device.

The hinge will be to the front of the hose beds.
0774241
SP
Crosslays, 12.00" Lowered Than
Standard - Control Zone with Raised
PH

CROSSLAY

12.00 " LOWERED
The crosslays will be lowered

12.00 " from standard.
0015216
Reel, Booster, Aluminum - Over
Pump, Right Side

BOOSTER HOSE REEL
A Hannay electric rewind booster hose reel will be installed over the pump in a recessed open compartment on the right side of the apparatus. The reel will be fabricated of aluminum and have highly polished end discs.

A polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly will be mounted on the reel side of the apparatus.

Discharge control will be provided at the pump operator's panel. Plumbing to the reel will consist of

1.50 " Aeroquip hose and a

1.50 " valve.
0011060
Switch, Reel Rewind - One at Pump
Panel
Reel motor will be protected from overload with a circuit breaker rated to match the motor.

An electric rewind control switch will be installed on the reel side pump panel. 55 911
Bid #:

0045300
Hose, Booster - 200' of 1.00"/800 PSI
Booster hose,

1.00 " diameter and
200
feet, with chrome plated Barway, or equal couplings will be provided.

Working pressure of the booster hose will be a minimum of 800
psi.
0005244
Capacity, Hose Reel 200' of 1"
Capacity of the hose reel will be 200 feet of 1.00" booster hose. 0007428
Nozzle for Booster Reel Not Req'd

0085328
Nozzle Cup, Zico w/Bracket

NOZZLE CUP AND BRACKET
A Zico nozzle cup and chrome plated mounting bracket will be provided for storage of the booster reel nozzle.

There will be
one (
1 )
provided. The nozzle cup(s) will have a
3-1/2
" inside diameter
and will be
located
TBD, at pre-con
.
0622237
Roller Assembly, Additional
There will be
one (1)
additional polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly mounted Above
LS Pump Panel, attached to top of side sheet
.
56 911
Bid #:

0624939
Foam Sys, Husky 3, Single Agent,
Multi Select Feature
HUSKY
3 FOAM PROPORTIONER
A Pierce Husky®
3 foam proportioning system will be provided. The Husky 3 is an on demand,
automatic proportioning, single point, direct injection system suitable for all types of Class A and B foam concentrates, including the high viscosity (
6000
cps), alcohol resistant Class B foams.

Operation will be based on direct measurement of water flow, and remain consistent within the specified flows and pressures. The system will automatically proportion foam solution at rates from .
1 percent to
3 percent regardless of variations in water pressure and flow, up to the maximum rated capacity of the foam concentrate pump.

The design of the system will allow operation from draft, hydrant, or relay operation.

System Capacity
The system will have the ability to deliver the following minimum foam solution flow rates at accuracies that meet or exceed NFPA requirements at a pump rating of 150
psi.
100
gpm @
3 percent
300
gpm @
1 percent
600
gpm @

0.5 percent
Class A foam setting in .
1 percent increments from .
1 percent to
1 percent. Typical settings of
1 percent, .
5 percent and .
3 percent (maximum capacity will be limited to the plumbing and water pump capacity).

Control System
The system will be equipped with a digital electronic control display located on the pump operators panel. Push button controls will be integrated into the panel to turn the system on/off, control the foam percentage, and to set the operation modes.

The percent of injection will have a preset. This preset can be changed at the fire department as desired. The percent of injection will be able to be easily changed at the scene to adjust to changing demands.

Three (
3 ) .
50 tall LEDs will display the foam percentage in numeric characters. Three ( 3 ) indicator
LEDs will also be included, one (
1 ) green, one (
1 ) red, and one (
1 ) yellow. The LEDs will indicate
various system operation or error states.

The indications will be:

Solid Green - System On
Solid Red - Valve Position Error
Solid Yellow - Priming System
Flashing Green - Injecting Foam
Flashing Red - Low Tank Level
Flashing Yellow - Refilling Tank
The control display will house a microprocessor, which receives input from the systems water flow meter while also monitoring the position of the foam concentrate pump. The microprocessor will compare the values of the water flow versus the position/rate of the foam pump, to ensure the proportion rate is accurate. One (
1 ) check valve will be installed in the plumbing to prevent foam from contaminating the water pump.

Hydraulic Drive System
The foam concentrate pump will be powered by an electric over hydraulic drive system. The hydraulic system and motor will be integrated into one ( 1 ) unit.

Foam Concentrate Pump
The foam concentrate pump will be of positive displacement, self-priming; linear actuated design, driven by the hydraulic system. The pump will be constructed of brass body; chrome plated stainless steel shaft, with a stainless steel piston. In order to increase longevity of the pump, no aluminum will be present in its construction.

A relief system will be provided which is designed to protect the drive system components and prevent over pressuring the foam concentrate pump
The foam concentrate pump will have minimum capacity for 3 gpm with all types of foam
concentrates with a viscosity at or below
6000
cps including protein, fluoroprotein, AFFF, FFFP, or
AR-AFFF. The system will deliver only the amount of foam concentrate flow required, without recirculating foam back to the storage tank. Recirculating foam concentrate back to the storage tank can cause agitation and premature foaming of the concentrate, which can result in system failure. The foam concentrate pump will be self-priming and have the ability to draw foam concentrate from external supplies such as drums or pails.

External Foam Concentrate Connection
An external foam pick-up will be provided to enable use of a foam agent that is not stored on the vehicle. The external foam pick-up will be designed to allow continued operation after the on- board foam tank is empty, or the use of foam different than the foam in the foam tank.

Panel Mounted External Pick-Up Connection / Valve
A bronze three (
3 )-way valve will be provided. The unit will be mounted to the pump panel. The valve unit will function as the foam system tank to pump valve and external suction valve. The external foam pick-up will be one (
1 )

0.75 " male connection GHT (garden hose thread) with a
cap.

Pick-Up Hose
A

0.75 " flexible hose with an end for insertion into foam containers will be provided. The hose will be supplied with a

0.75 " female swivel GHT (garden hose thread) swivel connector. The hose will be shipped loose.

Discharges
The foam system will be plumbed to the
center of front bumper, left rear outlet, front crosslay and rear crosslay
.

System Electrical Load
The maximum current draw of the electric motor and system will be no more than 55 amperes at
12 VDC.
0012126
Not Required, CAF Compressor

57 911
Bid #:

0592527
Refill, Foam Tank, Integral, Husky 3

SINGLE FOAM TANK REFILL
The foam system's proportioning pump will be used to fill the foam tank. This will allow use of the auxiliary foam pick-up to pump the foam from pails or a drum on the ground into the foam tank. A foam shut-off switch will be installed in the fill dome of the tank to shut the system down when the tank is full. The fill operation will be controlled by a mode in the foam system controller. While the proportioner pump is filling the tank, the controller will display a flashing yellow LED to indicate that the tank is filling. When the tank is full, as determined by the float switch in the tank dome, the pump will stop and the controller will shut the yellow LED off. If it attempted to use tank fill and the refill valve and suction valve are in the wrong position(s), then a red LED will illuminate to indicate the improper valve position(s). When the valves are positioned properly, then filling will commence.
0031896
Demonstration, Foam System, Dealer
Provided
0022539
Foam Cell, 20 Gallon, Reduce Water

FOAM TANK
The foam tank will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will have a capacity of
20 gallons of foam with the intended use of
Class A foam
. The foam cell will reduce
the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell will have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid.
0697589
Drain, 1.00", Foam Tank #1, Husky 3
Foam System, Quarter Turn

FOAM TANK DRAIN
The foam tank drain will be a

1.00 " quarter turn drain valve located inside the pump/plumbing compartment.
0091079
Not Required, Foam Tank #2

0091112
Not Required, Foam Tank #2 Drain

0738072
Approval Dwg, Pump Panel(s), Not
Required
0032479
Pump Panel Configuration, Control
Zone

PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION
The pump panel configuration will be arranged and installed in an organized manner that will provide user-friendly operation.
0005525
Material, Pump Panels, Side Control
Brushed Stainless

PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL
The pump and gauge panels will be constructed of stainless steel with a brushed finish. A polished aluminum trim molding will be provided on both sides of the pump panel. 0721765
Panel, Pump Access - Right Side
Only, Side Control

PUMP ACCESS
Right Side Panel
The right side upper pump panel will be removable.

Panel Fastener
The removable panels will be secured with
black swell latch
.

The left side pump panels will be attached with screws.

The right side lower pump panel (drain bank) will be attached with screws. 0583824
Light, Pump Compt, Wln 3SC0CDCR
LED White

PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen®, Model
3 SC
0 CDCR,

3.00 " white
12 volt DC LED light(s) with
Whelen, Model
3 FLANGEC, flange(s) installed in the pump compartment.

There will be a switch accessible through a door on the pump panel included with this installation. 0586382
Gauges, Engine, Included With
Pressure Controller

Engine monitoring graduated LED indicators will be incorporated with the pressure controller.

Also provided at the pump panel will be the following:
- Master Pump Drain Control
0005601
Throttle, Engine, Incl'd w/Press
Controller
0739224
Indicator Light @ Pump Panel,
Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure
Gov/Throttle,Green

THROTTLE READY GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light integrated with the pressure governor and/or engine throttle installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in throttle ready mode. 0549333
Indicators, Engine, Included with
Pressure Controller
58 911
Bid #:

0745568
Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To
Pump, Green

OK TO PUMP INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in Ok To Pump mode.
0763096
Fittings, Compression IPO PTC, All
Pump Panel Gauges

COMPRESSION FITTINGS
All of the pump panel gauges will have brass compression fittings installed in place of the push to connect fittings.
0556652
Control, Air Horn At Pmp Pnl, Red
Button & Guard

AIR HORN BUTTON
There will be
one (
1 )
air horn control button(s) provided
Location to be determined on pump panel
layout drawing
. The button(s) will be red in color and properly labeled and put within easy reach of the operator. A "U" shape guard will be provided to shield against accidental activation. 0788052
SP
Gauges, Special Plumbing/Routing
Instructions, Olathe

PLUMBING GAUGES, SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
All of the plumbing gauges will be plumbed off of the discharge valves and will terminate within

3.00 " of the valve flange end cap. The gauge tubing will be routed so that no "low" spots are allowed in the tubing and so that the gauge lines drain effectively without freezing. 0009227
Gauges, 6.00" Master, Class 1,
Special

VACUUM AND PRESSURE GAUGES
The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1 Incorporated ©.

The gauges will be a minimum of

6.00 " in diameter and will have
white faces with black markings
,
with a pressure range of

30.00 "
0-400
psi
.

The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel.

Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One ( 1 ) will be connected to
the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have

0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and polished stainless steel plugs. They will be marked with a label.
0511102
Gauge, 2.00" Pressure, Class 1,
Special

PRESSURE GAUGES
The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges will be interlube filled and manufactured by Class
1 ©.

They will be a minimum of

2.00 " in diameter and the dial will have
white faces with black
markings
.

Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut.

Gauges will have a pressure rating of
0-300
psi
.

The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical.

This gauge will include a
10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube.
0757359
Gauge, Water Level, Class 1,
Remote Module Driver

WATER LEVEL GAUGE
There will be an electronic water level gauge provided on the operator's panel that registers water level by means of five (
5 ) colored LED lights. The lights will be durable, ultra-bright five ( 5 ) LED
design viewable through
180
degrees. The water level indicators will be as follows:
100
percent = Green
75 percent = Yellow
50 percent = Yellow
25 percent = Yellow
Refill = Red
The light will flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights will flash sequentially when the water tank is empty.

The level measurement will be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank.

The display will be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design will provide complete protection from water and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer will be mounted to the outside of the tank. The field calibratable display measures head pressure to accurately show the tank level.

There will be a Hale part number
106877
,
4 -light driver module included with this installation to power additional water level gauges.

The system(s) will be energized when
pump is in gear
.
59 911
Bid #:

0750438
Water Level Gauge, Wln PSTANK2,
LED 1-Light, 4-Level

WATER LEVEL GAUGE
There will be
two (
2 )
additional water level indicator(s), Whelen®, Model PSTANK 2 , LED module
with
chrome trim
, installed
one (
1 ) single light high and aft of the left side crew cab door and one (
1 ) single light high and aft of the right side crew cab door .

This light module(s) will include four (
4 ) colored levels, and function similar to the water level indicator located at the operators panel:

First green module indicates a full water level
Second blue module indicates a water level above
3/4
full
Third amber module indicates a water level above
1/2
full
Last red module indicates a water level above
1/4
full and empty
Above
1/4
this light will be steady burning
At empty this light will be flashing
The flash rate will be determined by the main water level tank sensor.

This module will be activated when the
pump is in gear
.
0062992
Gauge, Foam Level, (1) Tank, Class
1, GAAAR 5lt

FOAM LEVEL GAUGE
An electronic foam level gauge will be provided on the operator's panel that registers foam level by means of five (
5 ) colored LED lights. The lights will be durable, ultra-bright five ( 5 ) LED design
viewable through
180
degrees. The foam level indicators will be as follows:
100
percent = Green
75 percent = Yellow
50 percent = Yellow
25 percent = Yellow
Refill = Red
The light will flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights will flash sequentially when the foam tank is empty.

The level measurement will be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank.

The display will be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design will provide complete protection from foam and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer will be mounted to the outside of the tank. The display will be able to be calibrated in the field and will measure head pressure to accurately show the tank level. 0593161
Light Shield, S/S LED

LIGHT SHIELD
There will be a polished,
16 gauge stainless steel light shield installed over the pump operator's panel.

There will be
12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the stainless steel light shield to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch.

Additional lights will be included every

18.00 " depending on the size of the pump house.

One (
1 ) pump panel light will come on when the pump is in ok to pump mode.

There will be a light activated above the pump panel light switch when the parking brake is set.

This is to afford the operator some illumination when first approaching the control panel. 0606694
Air Horns, (2) Hadley, 6" Round,
eTone, In Bumper

AIR HORN SYSTEM
Two (
2 ) Hadley®, eTone, chrome air horns will be recessed in the front bumper. The air horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing

0.38 " tubing. A pressure protection
valve will be installed to prevent the loss of air in the brake system. 0797696
SP
Location, Air Horns, Bumper, Each
Side, Outside Frame, (Pos #2 & #6)
Spec Horns
Air Horn Location
The air horns will be located on the each side of the bumper, just outside of the frame rails. 0757092
Control, Air Horn, Multi Select

Air Horn Control
The air horn(s) will be activated by the following:
0757080
Control, Air Horn, Ft Sw, RS

Right side foot switch
0757081
Control, Air Horn, Ft Sw, LS

Left side foot switch
0525667
Siren, Wln 295SLSA1, 100 or 200
Watt

ELECTRONIC SIREN
A Whelen®, Model
295
SLSA
1 , electronic siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided.

This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on. 0510206
Location, Elect Siren, Recessed
Overhead In Console

Electronic siren head will be
recessed in the driver side center switch panel
.
0076156
Control, Elec Siren, Head Only
The electronic siren will be controlled on the siren head only. No horn button or foot switches will be provided.
60 911
Bid #:

0601306
Speaker, (1) Wln, SA315P, w/Pierce
Polished Stainless Steel Grille, 100
watt

SPEAKER
There will be one (
1 ) Whelen®, Model SA
315
P, black nylon composite,
100
-watt, speaker with
through bumper mounting brackets and polished stainless steel grille provided. The speaker will be
connected to the siren amplifier
.
0601565
Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper,
Recessed, Center (Pos 4)

The speaker(s) will be recessed in the center of the front bumper. 0895281
Siren, Federal Q2B, Littelfuse 24213
Sol

AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN
There will be a Federal Signal Model Q
2 B mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus.

The Q
2 B siren will be
chrome finish
.

The siren will have a
2 -gauge cable connected to a Littelfuse part number
24213
power solenoid
that is connected by a
2 -gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q
2 B+ at the battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on.

The siren will have a
2 -gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will be labeled Q
2 B- at the battery.

When the chassis battery switch is on, and the emergency master switch is on, the Q 2 B siren will
be activated by the following:
0006097
Location of Siren, Recessed in
Bumper
The mechanical siren will be recessed in the front bumper on the left side
. The siren will be
properly supported using the bumper framework.
0748305
Control, Mech Siren, Multi Select

MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
The mechanical siren will be activated by the following:
0748274
Control Mech Siren,
Rocker/Membrane Sw, RS

Right side momentary switch.
0748282
Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw LS

Left side foot switch.
0736691
Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary Chrome
Push Button, LS
A momentary chrome push button switch will be included in the left side dash panel to activate the siren brake.
0897453
Sw, Siren Brake, Mom
Rocker/Membrane, Red Outline, RS
Overhead Sw Pnl, Mux
A momentary rocker switch will be included in the right side overhead switch panel to activate the siren brake.

There will be a red outline decal around the black rocker switch. 0730108
SP
Control, Warning Lt Intensity, Wln,
Switch, 2 Switch

SWITCH FOR WARNING LIGHTS INTENSITY
There will be two (
2 ) switches labeled "Warning Lights Low Intensity" on the instrument panel in the cab
One (
1 ) - DS Overhead Console One (
1 ) - Officers Overhead Console
, that when either
switch is activated, will change designated Whelen® warning lights on the cab and the warning lights on the body to a low power intensity. The flash pattern will not be affected by this switch.

In order for the "Warning Lights Low Intensity" switch to activate the low power mode of the warning lights, the battery switch, and the emergency master switch, must be on.

The low power intensity mode will be reset when any of the above conditions are not met. 61 911
Bid #:

0892484
SP
Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 72",
RRRRWRROptRRWRRRR Lw Int

FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be one (
1 )

72.00 " Whelen® Freedom IV lightbar mounted on the cab roof.

The lightbar will include the following:

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the left side end position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the left side front corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the left side first front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the left side second front position.

One (
1 ) white flashing LED module in the left side third front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the left side fourth front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the left side fifth front position.

One (
1 )
795
LED traffic light controller sent to
national standard high priority
in the center
positions.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the right side fifth front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the right side fourth front position.

One (
1 ) white flashing LED module in the right side third front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the right side second front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the right side first front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the right side front corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the right side end position.

There will be
clear lenses included on the lightbar
.

The following switches may be installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbar:

A switch to control the flashing LED modules.

The traffic light controller will be activated
by a cab switch with emergency master control
,
There will be
a driver's side momentary cab switch and a passenger's side momentary cab switch with no emergency master control to activate the traffic light controller .

The light bar will have the low intensity mode wires connected to the controlling circuit.

The two (
2 ) white flashing LED modules and the traffic light controller will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied.

The eight (
8 ) red flashing LED modules in the front positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0600301
SP
Bracket, HiViz Lightbar, Added
Height, to Clear Frt Brow Light

SPECIAL HEIGHT LIGHTBAR BRACKETS
three (
3 )
lightbar(s) will be mounted to a fabricated steel bracket. The bracket will be made taller than the standard bracket to allow lightbar to be easily seen over the top of the visor. The bracket will be painted job color.
0728245
SP
Lightbars, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 2-

21.5", RRWRR RRWRR, Lw Int

SIDE WARNING
LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 )

21.50 " Whelen Freedom IV LED lightbars mounted on the roof, one ( 1 ) on
each side,
over the crew cab doors
.

The driver's side lightbar will include the following:

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside end position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside front corner position.

One (
1 ) white flashing LED module in the outside front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the inside front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the inside front corner position.

The passenger's side lightbar will include the following:

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the inside front corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the inside front position.

One (
1 ) white flashing LED module in the outside front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside front corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside end position.

There will be
clear lenses included on the lightbar
.

Each light bar will have the low intensity mode wires connected to the controlling circuit.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbars.

The white LED's will be disabled when the parking brake is applied.

The two (
2 ) red flashing LED modules in the inside front positions and the two ( 2 ) red flashing
LED modules in the inside front corner positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0745392
Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6** LED, in
Common Bzl, Lw Int

FRONT ZONE LOWER LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen, Model M
6 **, flashing LED lights installed on the cab face above the headlights, in a common bezel with the directional lights.

The
driver's side front warning light to include red LEDs
The
passenger's side front warning light to include red LEDs The color of the lenses will be
clear
There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights.

Each light will have the low intensity mode wire connected to the controlling circuit. 0653937
Flasher, Headlight Alternating

HEADLIGHT FLASHER
The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side.

There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on.

The flashing will automatically cancel when
the hi-beam headlight switch is activated
or when the
parking brake is set.
62 911
Bid #:

0742690
SP
Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**
LED, 2pr, Lw Int

SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be four (
4 ) Whelen®, Model M
6 **,

4.31 " high x

6.75 " long x

1.37 " deep flashing LED
warning lights with
chrome trim
installed per the following:

Two (
2 ) lights,
one (
1 ) each side on the bumper extension
. The
side front warning LEDs to be red
.

Two (
2 ) lights,
one (
1 ) each side above rear wheels
. The
side rear LEDs to be red
.

The
warning light lens color(s) to be clear
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights.

Each light will have the low intensity mode wire connected to the controlling circuit. 0746427
Lights, Side, Wln M6* LED, Lw Int

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be
two (
2 )
Whelen®, Model M
6 * LED flashing warning light(s) with
chrome trim

provided
One (
1 ) LS Above EMS Compartment Door One (
1 ) RS Above EMS Compartment Door
.

The color of the lights will be
red
.

The
lens color(s) to be clear
.

These lights will be activated with the Side Zone Lower warning lights.

The light(s) will have the low intensity mode wire connected to the controlling circuit. 0746425
Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*, For
Tail Lt Housing, Lw Int

REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model M
6 *, LED flashing warning lights located at the rear of the apparatus.

The
driver's side rear light to be red
The
passenger's side rear light to be red
The
lens color(s) to be clear
.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights.

The light(s) will have the low intensity mode wire connected to the controlling circuit. 0889424
SP
Lights, Rear/Side Up Zone, Wln M6**
Sides 2lts, M7** Rear 4lts, Lw Int

WARNING LIGHTS (Rear and Side upper zones)
Six (
6 ) Whelen®, flashing warning lights provided at the rear of the apparatus with chrome bezel
.

The model M
6 **
side upper rear light on the left side to include red flashing LEDs .

The model M
7 **
rear upper light on the left side to include red flashing LEDs .

The model M
7 **
rear lower light on the left side to include red LEDs
The model M
7 **
rear upper light on the right side to include red flashing LEDs .

The model M
7 **
rear lower light on the right side to include red LEDs
The model M
6 **
side upper rear light on the right side to include red flashing LEDs .

The
lens color(s) to be clear
.

The M
7 ** light heads will be installed with housings that hold two ( 2 ) M
7 light heads.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights.

Each light will have the low intensity mode wire connected to the controlling circuit. 0006551
Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper
Zone Blocking
0751874
SP
Mtg, Rear/Side Warn Lts, Paint Alum
Housing/Enclosure, Upper Side
Sheet Mount.

The side warning lights will be mounted on painted aluminum housings with all wiring totally enclosed. These housings will be mounted as high as possible on the upper side corners of the body side sheet. The upper rear warning will be moved to the rear bulkhead. The clearance lights will move to the rear bulkhead and side sheet as high as possible. 0791528
Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL65,

36.00" Long, TACTL5

TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT
There will be one (
1 ) Whelen®, Model TAL
65 ,

36.00 " long x

2.87 " high x

2.25 " deep, amber LED
traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus.

The Whelen, Model TACTL
5 , control head will be included with this installation.

The controller will be energized when the battery switch is on.

The
auxiliary flash not activated
.
0551728
Location, Traf Dir Lt, Recessed with
S/S Trim
This traffic directing light will be recessed with a stainless steel trim plate at the rear of the apparatus as high as practical.
0530282
Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller,
Overhead Switch Panel DS Right
End
The traffic directing light control head will be located in the driver side overhead switch panel in the right panel position.
0783675
Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr,
NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 2nd

120

VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be
two (
2 )
,
15/20
amp
120
volt AC three (
3 ) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s)
with
interior stainless steel wall plate(s)
, installed
TBD in RS
3 - EMS equipment charger
requirements (Body Compartments)
. The NEMA configuration for the receptacle(s) will be
5-20
R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the
shoreline inlet
.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
63 911
Bid #:

0783678
Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr,
NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 1st

120

VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be
one (
1 )
,
15/20
amp
120
volt AC three (
3 ) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s)
with
interior stainless steel wall plate(s)
, installed
TBD - Crew Cab Area
. The NEMA configuration
for the receptacle(s) will be
5-20
R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the
shoreline inlet
.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0519934
Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool
System
0649753
Not Required, PTO Driven Hydraulic
Tool System
0007150
Bag of Nuts and Bolts

LOOSE EQUIPMENT
The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit:

One (
1 ) bag
of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit.
0766730
Speed Wrench, Electric Valve
Override

SPEED WRECH, ELECTRIC VALVE OVERRIDE
A one piece speed wrench will be provided in loose equipment for manually overriding the electric valve(s) on the truck. The speed wrench will have sockets welded on each end for overriding the valve(s).
0602516
NFPA Required Loose Equipment,
Pumper, NFPA 2016, Provided by
Fire Department

NFPA REQUIRED LOOSE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

5.9.3 and

5.9.4 will be provided by the fire department.
800
ft (
60 m) of

2.50 " (
65 mm) or larger fire hose.
400
ft (
120
m) of

1.50 " (
38 mm),

1.75 " (
45 mm), or

2.00 " (
52 mm) fire hose.

One (
1 ) handline nozzle,
200
gpm (
750
L/min) minimum.

Two (
2 ) handline nozzles,
95 gpm (
360
L/min) minimum.

One (
1 ) smoothbore of combination nozzle with

2.50 " shutoff that flows a minimum of
250
gpm.

One (
1 ) SCBA complying with NFPA
1981
for each assigned seating position, but not fewer than
four (
4 ), mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus or stored in containers supplied by the SCBA manufacturer.

One (
1 ) spare SCBA cylinder for each SCBA carried, each mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus or stored in a specially designed storage space(s).

One (
1 ) first aid kit.

Four (
4 ) combination spanner wrenches.

Two (
2 ) hydrant wrenches.

One (
1 ) double female

2.50 " (
65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads.

One (
1 ) double male

2.50 " (
65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads.

One (
1 ) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections.

Two (
2 ) salvage covers each a minimum size of
12 ft x
14 ft (

3.7 m x

4.3 m).

One (
1 ) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207
,
Standard
for High Visibility Public Safety Vests
, and have a five-point breakaway feature that includes two (
2 ) at the shoulders, two (
2 ) at the sides, and one (
1 ) at the front.

Five (
5 ) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than

28.00 " (
711
mm) in height, each equipped
with a

6.00 " (
152
mm) retro-reflective white band no more than

4.00 " (
152
mm) from the top of
the cone, and an additional

4.00 " (
102
mm) retro-reflective white band

2.00 " (
51 mm) below the

6.00 " (
152
mm) band.

Five (
5 ) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five ( 5 ) fluorescent
orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities.

One (
1 ) automatic external defibrillator (AED).

Four (
4 ) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA
1983
,
Standard on Fire Service
Life
Safety Rope and System Components
(if equipped with an aerial device).

If the supply hose carried does not use sexless couplings, an additional double female adapter and double male adapter, sized to fit the supply hose carried, will be carried mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus.

If none of the pump intakes are valved, a hose appliance that is equipped with one or more gated intakes with female swivel connection(s) compatible with the supply hose used on one side and a swivel connection with pump intake threads on the other side will be carried. Any intake connection larger than

3.00 " (
75 mm) will include a pressure relief device that meets the requirements of

16.6.6 .

If the apparatus does not have a

2.50 " National Hose (NH) intake, an adapter from

2.50 " NH
female to a pump intake will be carried, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the intake.

If the supply hose carried has other than

2.50 " National Hose (NH) threads, adapters will be
carried to allow feeding the supply hose from a

2.50 " NH thread male discharge and to allow the
hose to connect to a

2.50 " NH female intake, mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the discharge or intake.
64 911
Bid #:

0610099
Soft Suction Hose, Provided by Fire
Department, Pumper ULC
Classification

SOFT SUCTION HOSE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT

CAN/ULC-S
515
, current edition, section

4.8.2 requires a minimum of

4.6 m (
15 ft) of supply hose
or

6.1 m (
20 ft) of suction hose.

Hose is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide suction or supply hose.
0027023
No Strainer Required
0602538
Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, Pumper
NFPA 2016 Class, Provided by Fire
Department

DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

5.9.4 requires one (
1 ) approved dry chemical portable fire
extinguisher with a minimum
80 -B:C rating mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0602360
Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized
Water, Pumper NFPA 2016,Provided
by Fire Dept

WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

5.9.4 requires one (
1 )

2.5 gallon or larger water extinguisher
mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0602679
Axe, Flathead, Pumper NFPA 2016
Classification, Provided by Fire
Department

FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, Section

5.9.4 requires one (
1 ) flathead axe mounted in a bracket
fastened to the apparatus.

The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.
0602667
Axe, Pickhead, Pumper NFPA 2016
Classification, Provided by Fire
Department

PICKHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, Section

5.9.4 requires one (
1 ) pickhead axe mounted in a bracket
fastened to the apparatus.

The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.
65 911
Bid #:

0741569
Paint Process / Environmental
Requirements, Appleton

PAINT PROCESS
The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven ( 7 ) step finishing
process as follows:

Manual Surface Preparation
- All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment
- All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch
process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature
3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion.

Surfacer Primer
- The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer
is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a two- component high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded.

Finish Sanding
- The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultra- smooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat.

Sealer Primer
- The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated.

Base
coat Paint
- Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment.

Clear Coat
- Two (
2 ) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacturer.

After the cab and body are painted, the color will be verified to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment will be used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications will be used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading will be used to determine a good color match within each family color.

All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and painted separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly.

The paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) are to meet or exceed Cadillac/General Motors GMW
15777
global paint requirements. Orange peel levels are to meet or exceed the #6

A.C.T.standard in critical areas. The manufacture's written paint standards will be available upon request.

Environmental Impact
Contractor will meet or exceed all current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions:

Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free.

Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals.

Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a

99.99 percent efficiency factor.

Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98 percent. Water wash systems
will be

99.97 percent efficient
Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean.

Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner.

Empty metal paint containers will be recycled to recover the metal.

Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse.

Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his state EPA rules and regulations.
0709566
Paint, Two-Tone Color, Enforcer

TWO-TONE CAB PAINT
The cab will be painted two-tone with the upper section painted #10
white
and the lower section
painted
#90
red
. There will be
a standard two-tone cab paint break provided
.

There will be
a standard cab shield provided
.
0709845
Paint, Single Color, Body

BODY PAINT
The body will be
painted to match the lower section of the cab
.
66 911
Bid #:

0646897
Paint Chassis Frame Assy, E-Coat,
Standard

PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY
The chassis frame assembly will be finished with
a single system black top coat
before the
installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc.

Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint:

Two (
2 ) C-channel frame rails
Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted not e-coated are:

Cross members
Axles
Suspensions
Steering gear
Battery boxes
Bumper extension weldment
Frame extensions
Body mounting angles
Rear Body support substructure (front and rear)
Pump house substructure
Air tanks
Steel fuel tank
Castings
Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown. 0693797
No Paint Required, Aluminum Front
Wheels

0693792
No Paint Required, Aluminum Rear
Wheels

0733739
Paint, Axle Hubs

AXLE HUB PAINT
All axle hubs will be painted
to match lower job color
.
0007230
Compartment, Painted, Spatter Gray

COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT
The interior of all compartments will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks.
0544129
Reflective Band, 1"-6"-1"

REFLECTIVE STRIPES
Three (
3 ) reflective stripes will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body. The reflective band will consist of a

1.00 "
white
stripe at the top with a

1.00 " gap then a

6.00 "
white
stripe with a

1.00 " gap and a

1.00 "
white
stripe on the bottom.
0007356
Reflective across Cab Face

The reflective band provided on the cab face will be at the headlight level. 0536954
Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Diamond
Grade, Pumper

REAR CHEVRON STRIPING
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus. The rear surface, excluding the rear compartment door, will be covered.

The colors will be red and
yellow
diamond grade.

Each stripe will be

6.00 " in width.

This will meet the requirements of the current edition of NFPA 1901
, which states that
50%
of the
rear surface will be covered with chevron striping.
0082587
Folded Ribbon in Reflective Stripe,
Pair With Air Brushing

FOLDED RIBBON IN REFLECTIVE STRIPE
There will be
one (
1 )
folded type ribbon/s added to the reflective stripe
LS
3 /RS
3 .
0017359
Stripe, Black Outline, Vinyl on
Reflective Band

REFLECTIVE STRIPE OUTLINE
A black outline will be applied on the top and the bottom of the reflective band. There will be three
(
3 )
set of outline stripes required.
0567374
Stripe, Black Outline each Chevron
Stripe @ Rear (Not Warranted)

REFLECTIVE STRIPE OUTLINE
A black vinyl outline will be provided for each chevron stripe at the rear of the truck. 0065687
Stripe, Reflective, Cab Doors Interior

CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE STRIPE
A

6.00 " x

16.00 "
black
reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe will be located approximately

1.00 " up from the bottom, on the door panel.

This stripe will meet the NFPA
1901
requirement.
0067298
Stripe, Gold Leaf, Across Cab Face

CAB FACE STRIPE
There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe across the face of the cab. 67 911
Bid #:

0680371
Stripe, Gold Leaf, Two-Tone Paint
Break with Shield, IPO Chrome
Molding

CAB STRIPE
There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe provided on both sides of the cab in place of the chrome molding and on the cab face with shield.
0027372
Lettering Specifications, (GOLD
STAR Process)

LETTERING
The lettering will be totally encapsulated between two ( 2 ) layers of clear vinyl.
0686394
Lettering, Gold Leaf, 4.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be genuine gold leaf lettering,

4.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will
be
six (
6 ) letters
provided.
0686033
Lettering, Reflective, 4.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

4.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
six (
6 )
letters
provided.
0686048
Lettering, Reflective, 1.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

1.00 " high, with
no outline or shade
provided. There will be
six
(
6 ) letters
provided.
0686084
Lettering, Reflective, 3.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

3.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
ten
(
10 ) letters
provided.
0037227
Lettering, Reflective, Reverse Cut
Into Reflective Band

REFLECTIVE LETTERING
32 letters
,

5.00 "
high will be cut into the reflective stripe to allow the painted surface to form the letter. The letters will be
Each Side Over Rear Wheels (Match Job #
31627
)
.
0632373
SP
Lettering, Gold Leaf 2" Script with
outline and shade

LETTERING, SCRIPT
2 " Gold Leaf script lettering with Black outline and shade will be provided. The lettering will state "Proudly Serving Since XXXX".
0645076
Plate, Painted Alum. for
Lettering/Numerals

PAINTED PLATE(S) FOR LETTERING/NUMERALS
There will be
four (
4 )
painted aluminum plate(s) provided for department lettering. They will be mounted
These plates are to be steel !! (matching Job #
31627
) Exact location TBD at pre-con

and will be
Two (
2 )
7 "H x
10 "W Steel plates painted job color. Two (
2 )
8 "H x
10 "W Steel plates
painted job color (Match Job #
31627
)
in size.
0022652
Emblem, Maltese Cross, Gold Leaf,
15"-17", Pair

MALTESE CROSS INSTALLATION
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of maltese crosses, comprised of genuine gold leaf material, provided and installed
Located on cab doors
.
0769753
Emblem, American Flag Painted on
Cab Grille, All Custom Chassis

CAB GRILLE DESIGN
An American flag design will be painted on the cab grille. 0772003
Manual, Fire Apparatus Parts, USB
Flash Drive, Custom

FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUAL
There will be
one (
1 )
custom parts manual(s) in USB flash drive format for the complete fire apparatus provided.

The manual(s) will contain the following:

Job number
Part numbers with full descriptions
Table of contents
Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly Parts section sorted in alphabetical order
Instructions on how to locate parts
Each manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.

Service Parts Internet Site
The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the Pierce website.

The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly.
68 911
Bid #:

0772037
Manual, Chassis Service, USB Flash
Drive, Custom

CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS
There will be
one (
1 )
chassis service manuals on USB flash drives containing parts and service information on major components provided with the completed unit.

The manual will contain the following sections:

Job number
Table of contents
Troubleshooting
Front Axle/Suspension
Brakes
Engine
Tires
Wheels
Cab
Electrical, DC
Air Systems
Plumbing
Appendix
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. 0773381
Manual, Chassis Operation, (1) USB
Flash Drive, Custom

CHASSIS OPERATION MANUAL
The chassis operation manual will be provided on one (
1 ) USB flash drive.
0030008
Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus,
WA0008
ONE (
1 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA 0008
, is included with this proposal.
0735523
Warranty, Engine, Paccar MX13, 5
Year

ENGINE WARRANTY
A Paccar five (
5 ) year
limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, XX, is included with this proposal.
0684953
Warranty, Steering Gear, Sheppard
M110, 3 Year WA0201

STEERING GEAR WARRANTY
A Sheppard
three (
3 ) year
limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package.
0596017
Warranty, Frame, 50 Year, Custom
Chassis, WA0013

FIFTY (
50 ) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom chassis frame limited warranty certificate, WA 0013
, is included with this
proposal.
0595698
Warranty, Axle, 3 Year, TAK-4,
WA0050

FRONT AXLE THREE (
3 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
The Pierce TAK-
4 suspension limited warranty certificate, WA
0050
, is included with this proposal.
0733306
Warranty, Single Axle, 5 Year, Meritor,
General Service, WA0384

SINGLE REAR AXLE FIVE (
5 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
A Meritor
™
Axle
5 year limited warranty will be provided.
0652758
Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3 Year,
Meritor Wabco, WA0232

ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (
3 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
A Meritor Wabco
™
ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA
0232
, is included with this
proposal.
0019914
Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom
Cab, WA0012
TEN (
10 ) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA
0012
, is included with this proposal.
0744240
Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, Pro-
Rate, WA0055
TEN (
10 ) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA 0055
, is included with this proposal.
0524627
Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX,
WA0014
FIVE (
5 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA 0014
, is included with this
proposal.
0695416
Warranty, Pierce Camera System,
WA0188

CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY
A Pierce fifty four (
54 ) month
warranty will be provided for the camera system
.
0647720
Warranty, Pierce LED Strip Lights,
WA0203

COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY
The Pierce
12 volt DC LED strip lights limited warranty certificate, WA 0203
, is included with this
proposal.
69 911
Bid #:

0046369
Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission,
Standard Custom, WA0187

TRANSMISSION WARRANTY
The transmission will have a
five (
5 ) year/unlimited mileage
warranty covering
100
percent
parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission.

Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations.
0685945
Warranty, Transmission Cooler,
WA0216

TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY
The transmission cooler will carry a five (
5 ) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the
transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (
3 ) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed
$10,000
per occurrence. A copy of
the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. 0688798
Warranty, Water Tank, Lifetime, UPF,
Poly Tank, WA0195

WATER TANK WARRANTY
A UPF poly water tank limited warranty certificate, WA
0195
, is included with this proposal.
0596025
Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body,
WA0009
TEN (
10 ) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA 0009
, is included with this proposal.
0693126
Warranty, AMDOR, Roll-up Door, 10
Year/5 Year Painted, WA0185

ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
An AMDOR roll-up door limited warranty will be provided. The roll-up door will be warranted against manufacturing defects for a period of
ten (
10 ) years
. A
five (
5 ) year
limited warranty will
be provided on painted roll up doors.

The limited warranty certificate, WA
0185
, is included with this proposal.
0734463
Warranty, Pump, Waterous, 7 Year
Parts, WA0382

PUMP WARRANTY
The Waterous pump will be provided with a Seven (
7 ) year
material and workmanship limited
warranty.

A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package (no exception). 0648675
Warranty, 10 Year S/S Pumbing,
WA0035
TEN (
10 ) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY
The Pierce apparatus plumbing limited warranty certificate, WA 0035
, is included with this
proposal.
0657990
Warranty, Foam System, Husky 3,
WA0231

FOAM SYSTEM WARRANTY
The Husky
3 foam system limited warranty certificate, WA
0231
, is included with this proposal.
0595820
Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, Pro-
Rate, WA0057
TEN (
10 ) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA 0057
, is included with this proposal.
0595421
Warranty, Goldstar, 3 Year,
Apparatus, WA0018

THREE (
3 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Goldstar gold leaf lamination limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA 0018
, is
included with this proposal.
0683627
Certification, Vehicle Stability,
CD0156

VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA
1901
, current edition, section

4.13 , Vehicle Stability. The certification will be provided at the time of bid.
0735686
Certification, Engine Installation, Enf,
Paccar MX13, 2021

ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery. 0686786
Certification, Power Steering,
CD0098

POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification will be provided at the time of bid.
70 911
Bid #:

0892691
Certification, Cab Integrity, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CD0189

CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below:

SAE J
2422
Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks.

European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No. 29 .

SAE J
2420
COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks.

Side Impact
The cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a
14,320
-lb moving barrier is slammed into
the side of the cab at

5.50 mph, striking with an impact of
13,000
ft-lb of force. This test is part of
the SAE J
2422
test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident.

Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of
32,600
ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in
accordance with SAE J
2420
.

Additional Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of
65,098
ft-lb of force using a moving barrier. (Twice
the force required by SAE J
2420
)
Roof Crush
The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of
22,500
lb. This value meets the ECE
29 criteria,
and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten ( 10 ) metric tons.

Additional Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 110,000
lbs. (Four and a half times the
load criteria of ECE
29 )
The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area.

There will be no exception to any portion of the cab integrity certification. Nonconformance will lead to immediate rejection of bid.
0631973
Certification, Cab Door Durability,
Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0137

CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000
cycle door slam test
where the slamming force exceeds
20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. 0631978
Certification, Windshield Wiper
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0132

WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a
3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section

6.2 of SAE J
198

Windshield
Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles.

The bidder will certify that the wiper
system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. 0631974
Certification, Electric Window
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0133

ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Cab window roll-up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete
30,000
complete up-down cycles and still function
normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear.
0631977
Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and
Mounting, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0134

SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH
Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000
lb of pull on both
the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS
571.210
Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages.

The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH
Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in
accordance with FMVSS
571.207
Seating Systems. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.
71 911
Bid #:

0735949
Certification, Cab HVAC System
Performance, SFR/Enf,
CD0165/CD0167/CD0174/CD0175

PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS
Cab Air Conditioning
Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100
degrees Fahrenheit to
an average of
78 degrees Fahrenheit in
30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.

Cab Defroster
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J 381
Windshield
Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles.

The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J
381
criteria.

Cab Auxiliary Heater
Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees
Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within
30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J
381
. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.
0545073
Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current
Edition

AMP DRAW REPORT
The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system.

The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following:

Documentation of the electrical system performance tests.

A written load analysis, which will include the following:

The nameplate rating of the alternator.

The alternator rating under the conditions specified per:

Applicable NFPA
1901
or
1906
(Current Edition).

The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per:

Applicable NFPA
1901
or
1906
(Current Edition).

Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load.

Each individual intermittent load.

All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the applicable NFPA 1901
or
1906

(Current Edition).
0002758
Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio
Allowance

0799248
Appleton/Florida BTO

0000018
PUMPER, 2ND GEN

0000012

PIERCE CHASSIS
0735525
PACCAR MX13 ENGINE

0046396
EVS 4000 Series TRANSMISSION
0020011

WATEROUS PUMP

0020009

POLY TANK

0028048

FOAM SYSTEM
0020006

SIDE CONTROL
0020007

AKRON VALVES

0020014

FRONT SUCTION

0020015

ABS SYSTEM

72 911
Bid #:

0658751

PUMPER BASE

73 911
Bid #:

Turning Performance Analysis
Bid Number:
911
Chassis:

Enforcer Chassis
Department:

MERCED CITY FIRE DEPARTMENT
Body:

Pumper, Medium, Aluminum, 2nd Gen
Parameters:
*Inside Cramp Angle:
45°
Axle Track:

82.92 in.

Wheel Offset:

3.12 in.

Tread Width:

12.4 in.

Chassis Overhang:

65.95 in.

Additional Bumper Depth:
19 in.

Front Overhang:

84.95 in.

Wheelbase:
187.5 in.

Calculated Turning Radii:

Inside Turn:
14 ft. 10 in.

Curb to curb:
28 ft. 2 in.

Wall to wall:
32 ft. 6 in.

Notes:
*Actual Inside cramp angle may be less than shown.

Curb to Curb turning radius calculated for 9.00 inch curb. 07/27/2022
Category
Option
Description
Bumpers
0606441
Bumper, 19" Extended, Steel Painted, Saber FR/Enforcer
Axle, Front, Custom
0630705
Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non Drive, 19,500 lb, Enforcer Wheels, Front
0019575
Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 9.00", Aluminum, Hub Pilot Tires, Front
0582936
Tires, Front, Goodyear, G289 WHA, 315/80R22.50, 20 ply

Definitions:

Inside CrampAngle
Maximum turning angle of the front inside fire.

Axle Track
King-pin to King-pin distance of front axle.

Wheel Offset
Offset from the center line of the wheel to the King-pin.

Tread Width
Width of the tire tread.

Chassis Overhang
Distance of the center line of the front axle to the front edge of the cab. This does not include the bumper depth.

Additional Bumper Wheel
Depth that the bumper assembly adds to the front overhang.

Wheelbase
Distance between the center lines of the vehicles front and rear axles.

Inside Turning Radius
Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle can turn.

Curb to Curb Turning Radius
Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures assumes a curb height of 9 inches.

Wall to Wall Turning Radius
Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures takes into account any front overhang due to chassis , bumper extensions and or aerial devices.

Option
Description
Type*
Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0001244
High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom

0.00 1.20

0.00 0010670
ABS Wabco Brake System, Single rear axle

0.00 6.00

0.00 0015216
Reel, Booster, Aluminum - Over Pump, Right Side

0.00 36.00

0.00 0062992
Gauge, Foam Level, (1) Tank, Class 1, GAAAR 5lt

0.00 0.00

1.00 0072153
Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air Operated

0.00 0.01

0.00 0543751
Light, Do Not Move Apparatus

0.00 0.80

0.00 0548004
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 1st

0.00 0.00

15.00 0548007
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 3rd

0.00 0.00

15.00 0548013
Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC 2nd

0.00 0.00

40.00 0549333
Indicators, Engine, Included with Pressure Controller

0.00 0.35

0.00 0556652
Control, Air Horn At Pmp Pnl, Red Button & Guard

0.00 0.16

0.00 0560535
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 4th

0.00 0.00

15.00 0561471
Lights, Backup, Wln M6BUW, LED, For Tail Lt Housing

0.00 3.20

0.00 0583824
Light, Pump Compt, Wln 3SC0CDCR LED White

0.00 0.36

0.00 0583938
Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

0.00 0.30

0.00 0589905
Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040

0.00 0.50

0.00 0602637
Portable Hand Light, Provided by Fire Dept, Pumper NFPA 2016 Classification

0.00 0.50

0.00 0624939
Foam Sys, Husky 3, Single Agent, Multi Select Feature

0.00 55.00

0.00 0630636
Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows, 4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer

0.00 26.00

0.00 0639726
Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override, Unlocked Ind Light, Saber FR/Enforcer

0.00 180.00

0.00 0653526
Camera, Pierce, Driver Mux, Rear Camera Only

0.00 1.20

0.00 0653937
Flasher, Headlight Alternating

0.00 0.00

0.08 0735006
Intercom, David Clark, 4-Pos, 2-Radio, (D,O,RPTT), 2obC, U3805

0.00 0.00

0.50 0735191
Batteries, (3) Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA ea, Threaded Stud, LS Bat Box

0.00 3.00

0.00 0735687
Engine Brake, Fully Integrated, Paccar MX13 Engine

0.00 0.42

0.00 0746427
Lights, Side, Wln M6* LED, Lw Int

0.00 2.70

1.80 0756029
Lights, HiViz FT-MB-18-TR-*-* 25.20", 2nd

0.00 0.00

7.50 0756031
Lights, HiViz FT-MB-18-TR-*-* 25.20", 1st

0.00 0.00

7.50 0756032
Lights, HiViz FT-MB-15-*-*, 19.77", 2nd

0.00 0.00

6.25 0756033
Lights, HiViz FT-MB-15-*-*, 19.77", 1st

0.00 0.00

6.25 0761341
Control, Front Inlet, Electric, Waterous, w/Override, w/Momentary Switch

0.00 2.50

0.00 0762433
Lights, Walk Surf, Amdor AY-LB-12HW0**, LED, Cargo Areas, Front Sheet

0.00 0.00

0.00 0763096
Fittings, Compression IPO PTC, All Pump Panel Gauges

0.00 0.16

0.00 0783158
Light, Visor, HiViz, FT-B-72-*-*, Cnt Feature

0.00 0.00

23.84 0787001
Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB Termination Blue Sea 1045 2nd

0.00 0.00

5.00 0797189
Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB Termination Blue Sea 1045 1st

0.00 0.00

5.00 0802935
Light, Directional, Wln M62T* LED, Cmn Bzl, Above Headlights, Sab/Enf

0.00 1.50

0.00 0803875
Radio, AM/FM/WB, Jensen, Frt,Rear Aux In/Frt,Rear
USB/Bluetooth

0.00 0.00

2.00 0895281
Siren, Federal Q2B, Littelfuse 24213 Sol

0.00 100.00

0.00 0548006
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 2nd
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

60.00 0548014
Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC 3rd
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

20.00 0548015
Wiring, Spare, 30 A 12V DC 1st
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

30.00 0598394
Wiring, Spare, 30 A 12V DC, 6 Circuit Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5025 1st
Load Managed

0.00 0.00
120.00
0722696
HVAC, Enforcer, CARE
Load Managed

0.00 0.00
100.00
0002758
Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance
NFPA

5.00 0.00

0.00 0013671
Compt, Rear, Rollup, 30.75" FF, 25.88" D
NFPA

0.90 0.00

0.90 0023650
LS 152" Rollup, Full Height Front & Rear, FDLER
NFPA

4.50 0.00

4.50 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 1 Electrical Analysis
7/27/2022
Bid #:
911
Merced Enforcer Pumper
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Myers, Rich
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer:

MERCED CITY FIRE DEPARTMENT
Option:

Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control
System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type:

Multiplexed

Option
Description
Type*
Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0063658
RS 152" Rollup, Full Height Front & Rear, FDLER
NFPA

4.50 0.00

4.50 0092582
Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX
NFPA

0.56 0.56

0.00 0525667
Siren, Wln 295SLSA1, 100 or 200 Watt
NFPA

1.56 14.06

0.00 0556360
Lights, Step, P25 LED 4lts, Pump Pnl Sw
NFPA

1.00 0.00

0.00 0563675
Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts NFPA

0.35 0.00

0.00 0564683
Lights, Tail, Wln M6BTT* Red LED Stop/Tail & M6T* Amber LED Dir Arw For Hsg
NFPA

0.83 2.49

0.00 0568012
Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver 1200, Heater, 2010
NFPA

7.81 0.00

0.00 0586382
Gauges, Engine, Included With Pressure Controller
NFPA

0.30 0.00

0.00 0593161
Light Shield, S/S LED
NFPA

3.00 0.00

0.00 0605126
Pump Shift, Air Mnl Override, Split Shaft, Interlocked, Waterous NFPA

1.00 0.00

0.00 0615386
Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, Touchscreen, MUX NFPA

1.20 0.00

0.00 0620054
Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED 2lts
NFPA

0.10 0.90

0.00 0622803
Cab Instruments, Black Gauges, Black Bezels, Enforcer MUX NFPA

1.26 0.00

0.00 0625650
Cab, Enforcer, 7000
NFPA

6.80 10.20

0.00 0647647
Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED 4 Lts
NFPA

0.80 0.80

0.00 0647899
Lights, Directional/Marker, Cab Front Side, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED, Sab/Enf
NFPA

0.80 0.00

0.00 0728245
Lightbars, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 2-21.5", RRWRR RRWRR, Lw Int NFPA

6.48 2.48

7.28 0734655
DEF Tank, 7.3 Gallon, LS Fill, Under Cab, Paccar, Fill Dr, ENF NFPA

0.60 11.40

0.00 0735474
Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front, P25 LED 7 Lts, Saber FR/Enforcer
NFPA

0.35 0.00

0.00 0739224
Indicator Light @ Pump Panel, Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure Gov/Throttle,Green
NFPA

0.10 0.00

0.00 0742690
Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6** LED, 2pr, Lw Int
NFPA

3.60 5.40

0.00 0743490
Engine, Paccar MX13, 510HP, 1850 lb-ftW/OBD, EPA 2021,
Enforcer
NFPA

6.00 0.00

0.00 0744361
Lights, Rear Scene, HiViz, FT-GESM LED 2lts
NFPA

20.82 0.00

0.00 0745392
Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6** LED, in Common Bzl, Lw Int NFPA

1.80 2.70

0.00 0745568
Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To Pump, Green
NFPA

0.10 0.00

0.00 0746425
Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*, For Tail Lt Housing, Lw Int NFPA

1.80 2.70

0.00 0747584
Cabinet, Rear Facing, Top Eng Tnl, 41.50 W x 18 H x 15 D, 2" Web, SFR/Enf
NFPA

0.18 0.18

0.00 0750438
Water Level Gauge, Wln PSTANK2, LED 1-Light, 4-Level
NFPA

1.60 0.00

0.00 0757359
Gauge, Water Level, Class 1, Remote Module Driver
NFPA

1.23 0.00

0.00 0767429
Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 26.75 W x 34 H x 22 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf
NFPA

0.30 0.30

0.00 0768508
Lights, Hose Bed, Sides, Dual LED Light Strips, Amdor AY-LB- 12HW0**
NFPA

2.52 0.00

0.00 0769420
Lights, Perimeter Cab, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 LED 4Dr
NFPA

1.20 0.00

0.00 0769572
Lights, Perimeter Pump House, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 LED 2lts NFPA

0.58 0.00

0.00 0770056
Lights, Perimeter Body, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 LED 2lts, Rear Step
NFPA

0.60 0.00

0.00 0771806
Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 26.75 W x 34 H x 23 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf
NFPA

0.34 0.34

0.00 0783153
Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo 2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel NFPA

4.20 4.20

0.00 0791528
Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL65, 36.00" Long, TACTL5 NFPA

0.60 1.20

0.00 0794959
Controller, Pressure, Pierce, Pump Boss, PBA300
NFPA

1.80 0.00

0.00 0887546
Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4000 EVS P, w/Prognostics,
Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf
NFPA

2.00 2.00

0.00 0889424
Lights, Rear/Side Up Zone, Wln M6** Sides 2lts, M7** Rear 4lts, Lw Int
NFPA

13.50 0.00

0.00 0889577
Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED, Stainless Brkt NFPA

0.07 0.00

0.00 0892484
Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 72", RRRRWRROptRRWRRRR Lw
Int
NFPA

6.48 2.67

9.93 0892638
Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts
NFPA

1.00 0.00

0.00 0892649
CZ Connect Telematics
NFPA

1.61 0.00

0.00 0764491
Alternator, 420 amp, Leece-Neville BLP4003
S

0.00 0.00

0.00 Load Totals:
123.73
486.44
508.83
* UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 2 Electrical Analysis
7/27/2022
Bid #:
911
Merced Enforcer Pumper
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Myers, Rich
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer:

MERCED CITY FIRE DEPARTMENT
Option:

Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control
System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type:

Multiplexed

Minimum Continuous Load
Supply:
241.00
Demand:
123.73
Variance:
117.27
Total Connected Load
Supply:
348.00
Demand:
302.56
Variance:

45.44 Note: Minimum Continous Load is in "Blocking Right of Way" mode.(Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Intermittent Load items are not factored in on any alternator load comparisons. These items are included on the report for reference only and should be looked at as amp draw exclusion items. (Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Total Connected Load "Demand" represents Total Connected Load minus any Load Managed items 241.00
348.00
Alternator Output at Idle:

Alternator Output at Governed Speed:
* UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 3 Electrical Analysis
7/27/2022
Bid #:
911
Merced Enforcer Pumper
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Myers, Rich
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer:

MERCED CITY FIRE DEPARTMENT
Option:

Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control
System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type:

Multiplexed

DEALER

SUPPLIED

EQUIPMENT
AND/OR

SERVICES
Bid #911

1 DEALER SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT and/or SERVICES
The following items and/or services will be provided by Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc. (GSFA) prior to final delivery:

LICENSED MANUFACTURER
The State of California Vehicle Code, section 11701 requires “every ma nufacturer of a vehicle subject to registration shall make application to the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) for a license containing a general distinguishing number” . The manufacturer has a current license at time of proposal and shall provide a copy upon request. Temporary licenses are not acceptable.

LICENSED DEALERSHIP
The State of California Vehicle Code, section 11701 requires a “dealer in vehicles of a type s ubject to registration, shall make application to the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV ) for a license containing a general distinguishing number”. Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. has a current license at time of bid as outlined above and is available upon request. Temporary licenses are not acceptable.

LICENSED SALES REPRESENTATIVE
The State of California Vehicle Code, section 11800 requires that it shall be “unlawful for any person to function as a vehicle salesperson without having first procured a license issued by the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV)”. The representative has a current vehicle salespersons license at time of proposal and shall provide a copy upon request. Temporary licenses are not acceptable.

VEHICLE REGISTRATION
The State of California Vehicle Code section 11739 requires that the “dealer of a new motor vehicle sale is responsible for applying for the title, securing vehicle registration, and obtaining license plates for the Customer” through the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) . Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. is a factory-authorized dealer of the vehicle bein g sold and is authorized to register with the State of California as a new vehicle manufacturer.

GSFA will make all necessary applications and complete all transf er papers, including applying for California Exempt “E” license plates.

WEEKLY PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS
GSFA will provide weekly photograph s of the apparatus or the major components as they are being constructed. The photographs will commence at the start of the manufacturing process and will continue through production by the manufacturer. The repo rts will show the progress of the apparatus through the course of each week. Special attention will be given to show the unique features and aspects of the apparatus as construction progresses.

PRE-CONSTRUCTION, FACTORY TRIP
A pre-construction trip to the manufacturing facili ty will be provided for FOUR (4 ) C ustomer representative(s). The intent of this trip is to review and finalize, in detail, the specifications prior to t he start of production. The pre-construction trip will have a duration of FOUR (4 ) days and THREE (3 ) nights and be scheduled at times mutually a greed upon between GSFA and the Customer. Costs for airfare, lodging, meals, and ground transportation while at the manufacturer’s location wil l be the responsibility of GSFA. Air travel will be from one of the following airports: Sacramento, San Francisco, or San Jose.

Costs such as Customer ground transportation in California, Customer airport parking, Customer luggage fees and Cust omer incidentals while trav eling to the factory will be the r esponsibility of the Customer.

Flight reservations are non-refundable and in the event of a cancellation after booking, the Customer will 2 be resp onsible for all costs associa ted with this cancell ation, whic h may include not only the original ticket cost bu t also any change or cancellation fees imposed by the airline a nd/ or travel agency. Flight reservations are also non-transferable.

FINAL INSPECTION, FACTORY TRIP
A final in spection trip to the manufacturing facili ty will be provided for FOUR (4 ) Customer representative(s). The intent of this trip is to ensure that the apparatus is built to specification and to detect any deficiencies that require correction. The final inspection tr ip will have a duration of FIVE (5 ) days and FOUR (4) nights and be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between GSFA and the Customer.

Costs for airfare, lodging, meals, and ground transportation while at t he manufacturer’s location will be the responsibility of GSFA. Air travel will b e from one of the following airports: S acramento, San Francisco, or San Jose.

Costs such as Customer ground transportation in California, Customer airport parking, Customer luggage fees and Cust omer incidentals while traveling to the factory will be the r esponsibility of the Customer.

Flight reservations are non-refundable and in the event of a cancellation after booking, the C ustomer will be responsible for all costs associated with th is cancell ation, which may in clude not only the original ticket cost bu t also any change or cancellation fees imp osed by the airline a nd/ or travel agency. F light reservations are also non-transferable.

DELIVERY TO AUTHORIZED SERVICE FACILITY
GSFA will, at their expense, deliver the apparatus (including any a pplicable equipment, spare parts, and supplies) to their Northern California facility in Sacramento for a dealer preparation inspection.

To ensure proper break in of all components while still under warranty, the apparatus shall be delivered under its own power - rail or truck freight shall not be acceptable.

PRE-DELIVERY SERVICE
After transportation from the factory and prior to delivery, the apparatus will receive a pr e-delivery service to confirm proper operation and correction of any issues found as a result of said inspection. The Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. pre-delivery service consists of the following:

• Engine Compartment and Undercarriage – Check for any br oken mounting brackets and inspect for correct capacities of the following (if applicable): engine oil, coolant, power steering fluid, washer reservoir fluid, transmission fluid, rear end fluid, pump transmission oil, and primer oil.

• Interior – Operate all doors, windows, and locks for proper adjustment. Check upholstery.

• Exterior – Repair reasonable paint scrat ches or chips . Tighten any l oose hardware and inspe ct tires and wheels for proper pressure and lug torquing.

• Road Test – With the water tank ( if applicable) full, the apparatus wi ll be driven approximately twenty miles which allows the drive train components to get up to operating temperature. Road test will be on both city and highway roads . A DOT compliant brake test will be conducted to ensure the system is holding air. The brake condition and wheel seals will also be inspected.

• Electrical - Operate all lights, sirens, and other electrical accessories to verify operation.

• Pump - If applicable, vacuum test the pump to hold for 15 minutes. After vacuum test, operate the relief valve, transfer valve and check pump shift . Check water tank for leaks and inspect water 3 level gauge for c alibration. With discharge caps loose, rapid test all individual gauges and main gauges for calibration. Lubricate valve rods.

• Foam System – If applicable, tighten caps and connect foam lines. Test selector, valves, metering valve and operation of foam system (including flush).

• Fuel Tank - Fuel tank will be filled at the dealership location prior to final delivery.

• DEF Tank - DEF tank will be filled at the dealership location prior to final delivery.

• Wash - The apparatus will be thoroughly washed at the dealership location prior to final delivery.

FINAL DELIVERY (CUSTOMER LOCATION)
GSFA wi ll, at the ir ex pense, d eliver the Product (including any applicable equipment, spare parts, and supplies) to the Customer specified address once completed. Prior to delivery of the Product, Customer agrees to provide proof of liability and physical damage insurance to GS FA. GSFA will not release the Produ ct to the Customer until such proof of insurance is provided.

It is the responsibility of the Customer to have a ny outstanding balance due, paid in full to GSFA, prior to or at the time that the Product is complete and ready to deliver. If payment is late or delivery is delayed pending payment, a daily finance charge of $150.00 and a daily storage fee of $50.00 may apply until such payment is received.

Due to insurance liability, the Product will not be delivered without full acceptance and full payment (or prior written agreement between the Customer and GSFA).

END OF DEALER SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT and/or SERVICES

PRODUCT

WARRANTIES
Exhibit “C”
Bid #911

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0008

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

No specific exclusions apply
Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

One (1) Year Material and Workmanship
Basic Apparatus
Twelve (12) months.Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first.Warranty Begins:

Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

SUPPLIER
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Covers any failures of the engine which result, under normal use and service, from a defect in material or factory
workmanship.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the purchaser who first puts the product in service ("Buyer"):
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original buyer invoice.Warranty Begins:

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

See warranty for exclusions.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Five (5) years or 100,000 miles, whichever occurs firstWarranty Period Ends After:

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

Oshkosh Corporation Classification - Restricted

PACCAR ENGINE LIMITED WARRANTY
PACCAR MX Warranty
United States

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY (“ LIMITED WARRANTY ”) LISTS THE RESPECTIVE RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC.’S END USER CUSTOMER THAT FIRST PUTS THE PACCAR ENGINE INTO SERVICE (“ YOU” or “ FIRST PURCHASER”), PACCAR INC (“PACCAR”), AND THE SERVICING PACCAR ENGINE DISTRIBUTORS (“AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS”). PLEASE READ THIS LIMITED WARRANTY CAREFULLY.

PACCAR warrants directly to You that the PACCAR MX engine and related kitted parts (collectively, the “Engine”) will be free from defects in materials and factory workmanship (“Warrantable Failures”) appearing under normal commercial use and service during the time, mileage or hour limitations set forth in the attached Warranty Schedule. This Engine warranty extends only to You, and not any subsequent owner or user of the Engine. The Emissions warranty is made to all owners of the Engine in the chain of distribution until the end of the Emissions warranty coverage period. Warranty coverage relating to the Emissions components is outlined in the Emissions Warranty section of the PACCAR MX Operator’s Manual, the terms and conditions of which are incorporated herein by reference.

YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AGAINST PACCAR AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES ARISING FROM YOUR

PURCHASE AND USE OF THIS ENGINE IS LIMITED TO THE REPAI R OR REPLACEMENT OF WARRANTABLE FAILURES AT AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA AND IS SUBJECT TO PACCAR’S TIME, MILEAGE, AND HOUR LIMITATIONS LISTED IN THE ATTACHED WARRANTY SCHEDULES. The maximum time, mileage and hour limitations in the Warranty Schedules begin running on the Date of Delivery to the First Purchaser. The accrued time, mileage, or hours is calculated when this Engine is brought into an Authorized Distributor for correction of Warrantable Failures.

WARRANTY DISCLAIMER AND LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY (ENGINE AND EMISSIONS) This Limited Warranty is the sole warranty made by PACCAR and its Authorized Distributors to You relating to the Engine. Except for the above limited express warranty, PACCAR and its Authorized Distribu tors make no other warranties to You, express or implied. PACCAR AND ITS AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

IT IS AGREED THAT PACCAR AND ITS AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO: LOSS OF INCOME OR LOST PROFITS; ENGINE OR VEHICLE DOWNTIME; THIRD PARTY DAMAGE, INCLUDING DAMAGE OR LOSS TO OTHER ENGINES, VEHICLES OR PROPERTY, ATTACHMENTS, TRAILERS AND CARGO; LOSS OR DAMAGE TO PERSONAL CONTENTS; COMMUNICATION EXPENSES; LODGING AND/OR MEAL EXPENSES; FINES; APPLICABLE TAXES OR BUSINESS COSTS OR LOSSES; ATTORNEYS’ FEES; AND ANY LIABILITY YOU MAY HAVE IN RESPECT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not apply to parts or accessories supplied by the vehicle manufacturer or third parties.

Failures of belts and hoses supplied by PACCAR are covered during the first year from the Date of Delivery of the Engine to the First Purchaser. PACCAR does not warrant antifreeze, lubricants, filters, filter elements, or any other part that is a maintenance or repair item. However, in its sole discretion, PACCAR may pay for lubricating oil, antifreeze, filter elements, belts, hoses, and other mainte nance or repair items if the need for replacing such items is due to a Warrantable Failure of the Engine.

You are responsible for the safe operation and maintenance of the Engine and Emissions equipment as specified in the applicable Operator’s Manuals. You are responsible for providing proof that all recommended ins pections and maintenance have been performed. Before the expiration of the applicable warranty, You must notify an Authorized Distributor of any Warrantable Failures and make the Engine available for Engine repair by such Authorized Distributor. You are responsible for delivery of the Engine to the Authorized Distributor. Locations in the United States and Canada of Authorized Distributors may be found at WWW.PACCARPOWERTRAIN.COM.

PACCAR IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR WEAR AND TEAR OR WEAROUT OF COVERED PARTS, storage deterioration, and changes in adjustment resulting from your use of the Engine. Damage due to accident, misuse, abuse, neglect, negligence, impr oper or insufficient maintenance, or unauthorized modification is not warranted. This may include, but is not limited to: operation without adequate coolants, lubricants, or other fluids; over-fueling; over-speeding; lack of maintenance of the lubricating, cooling or air intake systems; improper storage, starting, warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; and unauthorized modifications to the Engine. PACCAR is not responsible for damage or loss resulting from Engine horsepower/torque upgrades.

Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new parts, approved remanufactured parts, or repaired parts. PACCAR is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by PACCAR. A new or approved remanufactured part used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the identity of the part it has replaced and is entitled to the remaining warranty coverage, if any.

PACCAR IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE OR LOSSES CAUSED BY INCORRECT OIL, FUEL, DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID, COOLANT, OR ADDITIVES; WATER, DIRT OR OTHER CONTAMINANTS IN THE FUEL, OIL OR DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID; OPERATION WITHOUT ADEQUATE COOLANTS OR LUBRICANTS; OVER -FUELING; OVER -SPEEDING; IMPROPER STORAGE, STARTING, WARM-UP, RUN-IN OR SHUT-DOWN PRACTICES; OR UNAUTHORIZED MODIFICATIONS OF THE ENGINE. Failure of replacement parts used in repairs due to the above non-warrantable conditions is not warrantable.

If your vehicle is disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the Engine during the base warranty period, PACCAR is not responsible fo r towing expenses to transport the vehicle to the nearest Authorized Distributor. In lieu of the towing expense and at the sole discretion of PACCAR,

Oshkosh Corporation Classification - Restricted
PACCAR will pay the reasonable costs of an authorized mechanic to travel to and from the location of the disabled Vehicle in order to perform the Engine repair.

PACCAR will pay for reasonable labor costs for Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to repair a Warrantable Failure.

Warrantable Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption will be handled within the basic Engine coverage as stated in the attached Engine Schedule. Before a claim for excessive oil consumption, low power, or excessive fuel consumption will be considered for payment, You must submit adequate documentation to show that consumption exceeds PACCAR published standards

PACCAR reserves the right to inspect and download data from the Engine Electronic Control Module for purpose of failure analysis unless prohibited by applicable law.

TIME LIMIT ON COMMENCING LEGAL ACTION / OTHER TERMS
IT IS AGREED THAT YOU HAVE 12 MONTHS FROM THE ACCRUAL OF THE CAUSE OF ACTION TO COMMENCE ANY LEGAL ACTION ARISING FROM THE PURCHASE OR USE OF THE ENGINE, OR BE BARRED FOREVER.

To the extent any provision of this limited warranty is found to contravene the law of any jurisdiction, the remainder of the warranty shall not be affected thereby.

Oshkosh Corporation Classification - Restricted

PACCAR ENGINE LIMITED WARRANTY SCHEDULE
PACCAR MX Warranty
United States

THIS ENGINE WARRANTY SCHEDULE APPLIES ONLY TO ORIGINAL FACTORY EQUIPMENT AND IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND LIMITATIONS IN THE ATTACHED LIMITED WARRANTY. This Engine Warranty Schedule does not apply to the vehicle which is warranted separately. Pursuant to the terms of the attached Limited Warranty, PACCAR Inc (“PACCAR”) will pay warranty claims for Warrantable Failures within the following maximum limits in time, mileage, or hours, whichever shall occur first. The Warrantable Failure must be brought to the attention of an Authorized Distributor within 30 days of discovery.

PACCAR MX Engine

Basic Engine -Twenty-four (24) months or 250,000 miles (or 400,000 km) or 6,250 hours - (all applications except fire apparatus)

Fire Apparatus Truck Applications Basic Engine - Sixty (60) months or 100,000 miles (or 160,000 km) or 6,250 hours

Major Engine Components - Sixty (60) months or 500,000 miles or 12,500 hours

Cylinder Block Casting Crankshaft Lube Pump Gear Flywheel Housing Main Bearing Bolts Camshaft Crankshaft Gear Water Pump Housing Cylinder Head Casting Cam Follower Assemblies Camshaft Gear Thermostat Housing Cylinder Head Capscrews Connecting Rod Assemblies Camshaft Idler Gear

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Chassis Frame
Fifty (50) Years
(Expected Life of Apparatus)
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Custom chassis frame rail manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty excludes brake pads, brake rotors, seal boots and shock absorbers.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGE S.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

Three (3) Years
-or-
30,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship
TAK-4 Independent Front Suspension
Limited Warranty Limited Warranty Limited Warranty Limited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The TAK-4 Front Independent Suspension and Steering
Gears shall be free from defects in material and
workmanship.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

SUPPLIER
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor axle shall be covered by Meritor as indicated in the attached Meritor warranty coverage description

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor warranty
description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

Five (5) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

MERITOR
®

COMMERCIAL

VEHICLE SYSTEMS
WARRANTY/MODEL YEAR 2020 VEHICLES
Advantage Program
Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial base coverage expires. You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting www.meritor.com or by contacting Meritor at 866-OnTrac1 (866-668-7221).
2 Linehaul ............................................................................................................. 3-4 General Service ................................................................................................... 5-6 Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle .......................................................................... 7-8 Fire and Emergency ................................................................................................ 9 Transit Bus ........................................................................................................... 10 Off-Highway Service .............................................................................................. 11 Terms and Conditions ............................................................................................ 12 How to Read Warranty Coverage
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands)
Unl=Unlimited
P=Parts Only
P&L=Parts & Labor
Notice:

Models or components that are approved for use by Meritor’s vocational guidelines contained in Meritor Publication TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P).

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P).

Effective Model Year 2020 Vehicles

WARRANTY INFORMATION CONTENTS

n Bulk Hauler
n Chip Hauler (Truck)*
n Doubles
n Flatbed
n General Freight
n Grain Hauler
n Livestock Hauler
n Moving Van
n Pipe Hauler
n Refrigerated Freight
n Tanker
n Triples
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
n High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
n Well maintained major highways of concrete or
asphalt construction
n Greater than 30 miles between starting and stopping
Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. * Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty consideration.

Linehaul Vehicles
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/750/P&L
Linehaul Typically Is
RPL 5/500/P , 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P , 1/Unl/P&L
155N 1/Unl/P
92N 1/Unl/P
Drivelines
RS-19-144/145/A
MS-19-14X
MS-21-144
RS-21-145
RS-21-160
MS-23-17X
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-186
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/750/P&L
1 These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

RT-34-144/P/A
RT-40-145/A
RT-40-160/P 1,2
RT-46-160/P 1,2
RT-46-164EH/P 1,2
RT-50-160/P 1,2
MA-40-165
MA-40-175
MT-34-14X/P
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-14XHE
MT-40-144/P
MT-40-943
MT-40-943-SP
RZ-166 2
RZ-188
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/750/P&L

LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION
3 Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 5/500/P , 1/Unl/P&L
ASA 5/500/P , 1/Unl/P&L
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™ 2 12-Years or Wearable Life/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 5/500/P , 1/Unl/L
EX+ Air Disc Brake Extended Standard Warranty 3 5/500/P&L 1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 3/500/P&L.
2 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
3 Applies only to MA761 friction material code CD brake assembly i.e.

EX225LXXXCDXXX
MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram) 1
Major Structural Components 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Curbing Damage Warranty 2 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/100/P&L
PinLoc Actuator 3/300/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
MTA (Trailing Arm)
Major Structural Components 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs & Rebound Straps 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 5/500/P , 3/300/L
1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Meritor (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling, or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding subframe, consisting of the frame rails, crossmembers, and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage.

TQ, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets 5/750/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS Coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.

MTIS Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Beam and Brackets 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Wheel End Systems 1
Standard System 2 1/100/P&L
PreSet by Meritor 3 5/500/P&L
AxlePak5 4 5P/L
AxlePak7 5 7P/L
1 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 2 When installed by Meritor.
3 Requires approved hubcap stating PreSet by Meritor on hubcap face. 4 When specified with AxlePak5 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
5 When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
(For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.)
Brake Components Trailer Air Suspension Systems
TAG/Pusher Axles1
Meritor Tire Inflation System
Trailer Axles
4 LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION

n Auto Hauler
n Beverage Truck
n Chip Hauler
n Cross Country Coach
n Flatbed
n Front Engine Commercial Chassis
n Front Engine Integral Coach
n General Freight
n Intercity Coach
n Intermodal Chassis
n Livestock Hauler
n Meat Packer
n Moving Van
n Municipal Truck
n Newspaper Delivery
n Pick-Up and Delivery
n Pipe Hauler
n Platform Auto Hauler
n Rear Engine Integral Coach
n Recreational Vehicles
n Refrigerated Freight
n School Bus
n Stake Truck
n Tanker
n Tanker Trailer
n Tour Bus
n Wrecker
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FH-941
FH-946 1
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B-N
MFS-6-162B-N
MFS-6-153C-N
MFS-6-162C-N
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-143A-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
n Lower mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) n Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road)
n An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

General Service Vehicles
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
General Service Typically Is

GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
1 Can also be used with reduced steer angles in tag position in Coach Applications. 5 MS-17-13X
MS-17-14X
MS-19-13X
MS-19-14X
RS-17-144/145/A
RS-19-144/145/A
MS-21-13X
MS-21-14X
MS-21-144
MS-23-17X
RS-21-145/A
RS-21-160
RC-22-145
RC-22-145/A
RC-23-160
RC-23-161
RC-23-162 1
RC-23-165 1
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-30-185
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-35-380
71162
71163
79163
Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
1 3/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Meritor.

MT-34-14X/P
RT-34-144/P/A
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-14XHE
MT-40-144/P
RT-40-145/A
MT-44-14X/P
RT-44-145/P
RT-46-169
MT-52-616
RT-52-1851
MT-58-616
RT-58-1851
MT-70-380
RZ-188
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN.

Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

MX-08-130-FV (FSD-08A)
MX-10-130-FV (FSD-10A)
MX-12-130-FV (FSD-12A)
MX-13-130-FV (FSD-13A)
MX-14-130-FV (FSD-14A)
MX-16-130-FV (FSD-16A)
MX-18-130-FV (FSD-18A)
MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800)
MX-20-130-FV (FSD-20A)
MX-21-130-FV (FSD-21A)
MX-21-130-SD (SDA-2100)
MX-23-130-FV (FSD-23A)
MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300)
MX-29-130-FV (FSD-29A)
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
RT-40-160/P
RT-46-160/P
RT-46-164EH/P
RT-50-160/P
RZ-166
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem -
3/Unl/P&L
RPL 4/400/P , 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P , 1/Unl/P&L
155N 1/Unl/P
92N 1/Unl/P
Drivelines
11170
523
RND-14H
RND-16A
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-318
MPT-500
MPT-510
MPT-518
MPT-526
MPT-531
MPT-543
MPT-170
MPT-1702
MPT-175
MPT-185
MPT-190
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
516 FAT 30
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L
Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Cam P3 2/200/P
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake ™ 3 2/200/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA3 2/200/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™ 2 12-Years or Wearable Life/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 2/Unl/P&L
1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/Unl/P . 2 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
3 Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only.

Beam and Brackets 1 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems 2
Standard System 3 1/Unl/P&L
AxlePak5 4 5/P&L
AxlePak7 5 7/P&L
1 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
2 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 3 When installed by Meritor.
4 When specified with AxlePak5 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
5 When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
(For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.)
Beam & Brackets 6/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems 1
Standard System 1/Unl/P&L
AxlePak7 7/P&L
Beam and Brackets 7/P , 1/L
1 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage.

MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram) 1
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Curbing Damage Warranty 2 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/Unl/P&L
PinLoc Air Actuator 3/Unl/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
MTA (Trailing Arm)
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs and Rebound Straps 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 3 5/Unl/P , 3/Unl/L
(For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Meritor 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling, or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding subframe, consisting of the frame rails, crossmembers, and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage.

Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferrable to another trailer VIN, and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped, or otherwise not salvageable. 3 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
TQ, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets 1 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L MC14002, MC16003, FH946 2/Unl/P&L
(For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.)
1 3/Unl/P&L if sold with PreSet by Meritor.

Brake Components
Trailer Axles
Chassis Axles (2000 Series/ChassiPak)
Trailer Air Suspension Systems
Meritor® Tire Inflation System
TAG/Pusher Axles
6 GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION

Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle
n Airport Rescue Fire Fighting
(ARFF)
n Airport Shuttle*
n Asphalt Truck
n Block Truck
n Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
n Cementing Vehicle
n Commercial Pick-Up
n Concrete Pumper
n Construction Material Hauler
n Mixer
n Demolition
n Drill Rig
n Dump
n Equipment Hauling
n Flatbed Trailer Hauler
n Flatbed Truck
n Fracturing Truck
n Front Loader
n Geophysical Exploration
n Hopper Trailer Combinations
n Landscaping Truck
n Liquid Waste Hauler
n Log Hauling
n Lowboy
n Michigan Special Gravel Trains
n Michigan Special Log Hauler
n Michigan Special Steel Hauler
n Michigan Special Waste Vehicle
n Municipal Dump
n Rear Loader (Refuse)
n Recycling Truck
n Residential Pick-Up (Refuse)
n Rigging Truck
n Roll-Off
n Scrap Truck
n Semi-End Dump
n Sewer/Septic Vacuum
n Shuttle Bus*
n Side Loader
n Snowplow/Snowblower
n Steel Hauling
n Tanker
n Tank Truck
n Tractors with Pole Trailers
n Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
n Transfer Dump
n Transfer Vehicle
n Utility Truck
n Winch Truck
n Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) n On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road)
n Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/ or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle Typically Is
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
FH-941
FH-946
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B
MFS-6-162B
MFS-6-162C
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122
MFS-12E-122
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12-155
MFS-13-122
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13-155
MFS-14-122
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-192A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
RF-16-145
RF-21-160
MX-10-120
MX-10-120 EVO
MX-12-120
MX-12-120 EVO
MX-14-120
MX-16-120
MX-18-120
MX-17-140
MX-19-140
MX-21-140
MX-21-160
MX-23-160
MX-810
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L

HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIAL TY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
7 *Commercial chassis only
MS-17-14X
RS-17-144/145/A
MS-19-14X
RS-19-144
MS-21-114
MS-21-14X
RS-21-145
RS-21-145/A
RS-21-160
RC-22-145
RC-23-160
RH-23-160
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
RS-23-161
RS-23-186/380
RS-24-160
RS-25-160
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-26-185/380
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-30-185/380
MS-35-380
RS-38-380
RC-25-160
RC-26-633
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
RPL 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
Drivelines
11170
523
RND-14H
RND-16A
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MX-08-130-FV (FSD-08A)
MX-10-130-FV (FSD-10A)
MX-12-130-FV (FSD-12A)
MX-13-130-FV (FSD-13A)
MX-14-130-FV (FSD-14A)
MX-16-130-FV (FSD-16A)
MX-18-130-FV (FSD-18A)
MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800)
MX-20-130-FV (FSD-20A)
MX-21-130-FV (FSD-21A)
MX-21-130-SD (SDA-2100)
MX-23-130-FV (FSD-23A)
MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300)
MX-29-130-FV (FSD-29A)
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-318
MPT-500
MPT-510
MPT-518
MPT-526
MPT-531
MPT-543
MPT-170
MPT-1702
MPT-175
MPT-185
MPT-190
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
516
FAT 30
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L
MT-34-14X/P
RT-34-144/P/A
MT-40-14X/P
RT-40-145/A
MT-44-14X/P
RT-44-145/P
RT-46-169
RT-58-160
MT-52-616
MT-52-616-SP
RT-52-185/380 1,2
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
RT-58-185/380 1,2
RT-70-380
MT-70-380
RZ-188
Cam P 3/Unl/P
Cam P3 2/100/P
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 2 2/100/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA2 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and
Other Wheel-end
Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake 2/100/P&L
1 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
2 Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only.
3 Warranty for all non-Meritor ASAs supplied by
Meritor for all Heavy Service vocations is 1/100/P .

RT-40-160/P/A 3
RT-46-160/P/A 1,3
RT-46-164EH/P/A 2,3
RT-50-160/P/A 3
RZ-166
1 U.S. only. Canadian warranty = 1/Unl/P for
combination vehicles only.
2 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact
Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details.
3 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application
Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior
to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis
number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter
#303 and #396 for further details.
1 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN.

Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
Brake Components Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem -
3/Unl/P&L MTA (Trailing Arm)
Major Structural Components1 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 1 5/Unl/P , 3/Unl/L
1 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
(For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate
product warranties.)
Trailer Air Suspension Systems
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Meritor Tire Inflation System
Beam and Brackets 1 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems 2
Standard System 3 1/Unl/P&L
1 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
2 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all
systems require annual inspections and proper
documentation to ensure full coverage.
3 When installed by Meritor.
(For brake components and ABS coverage,
refer to appropriate product warranties.)
Trailer Axles
8 HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIAL TY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
MTC-4213
MTC-4210
MTC-4208
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3112-CV (529 & 548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 & TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/247)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/350)
MTC-3205-GV (RTC-25/350)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/380)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/380)
MTC-3212-CV (315 & 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-2212-CV (306)
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MGX-240
MGX-279
MGX-279D
MGX-280
MGX-285
MGX-292
MGX-314
MGX-376
MGX-377
MGX-378
MGX-380
MGX-384
MGX-402
MGX-413
MGX-448
MGX-456
MGX-478
MGX-480
MGX-487
MGX-488
MGX-505
MGX-506
MGX-514
MGX-519
MGX-520
MGX-522
MGX-524
MGX-527
MGX-528
MGX-533
MGX-534
MGX-536
MGX-537
MGX-541
MGX-545
MGX-546
MGX-550
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
n Aerial Ladder Truck
n Aerial Platform
n Ambulance
n Command Vehicle
n Crash Fire Rescue (CFR)
n Pumper
n Rapid Intervention Vehicle (RIV)
n Tanker
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
MX-19140
MX-21140
MX-21160
MX-23160
MX-23810
n Lower mileage operations (less than 20,000 miles/year) n Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road)
n An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

Fire and Emergency Vehicles
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 2/Unl/P&L
1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/Unl/P .

Brake ComponentsFront Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/Unl/P&L Front Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
Fire and Emergency Typically Is
RPL 4/400/P , 1/Unl/L
MXL 3/350/P , 1/Unl/L
155N 1/Unl/P
92N 1/Unl/P
Drivelines
MTC-4208
MTC-4210
MTC-4213
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
RC-23-160
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
RS-30-185
RS-35-380
RS-25-160
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
1 3/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Meritor.

MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-144/P
RT-40-145/A
RT-40-160/P
MT-44-14X/P
RT-44-145/P
RT-46-160/P
RT-46-164EH/P
RT-46-169
RT-50-160/P
MT-52-616
RT-52-1851
MT-58-616
RT-58-1851
MT-70-380
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

FIRE AND EMERGENCY WARRANTY INFORMATION
9 Transit Bus Vehicles
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 1 2/100/P&L
ASA1 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and
Other Wheel-end
Components 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake 2/100/P&L
1 Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only.

MC-26000
71063
79063
Brake Components Center Non-drive Axles – 5/300/P&L
n Airport Shuttle
n City Bus
n Commuter Coach
n Shuttle Bus
n Transit Bus
n Trolley
n Moderate mileage operation (less than 50,000 miles per year) n Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP- 9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

Transit Bus Typically Is
FH-946
FH-941 1
MFS-12-155
MFS-13-155
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
71163
79163
RC-23-162 1
RC-23-165 1
RS-21-160
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/300/P&L
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/300/P&L
RPL 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
MC-14002
MC-16003
FH-946
Drivelines
Tag Axles – 2/Unl/P&L

TRANSIT BUS WARRANTY INFORMATION
10 1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L
1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L
Industrial And Off-Highway Service Vehicles
n Load-On/Load-Off
n Port Tractor
n Rail Yard Spotter
n Roll-On/Roll-Off
n Stevedoring Tractor
n Trailer Spotter
n Yard Jockey
n All-Terrain Crane
n Rough Terrain Crane
n Forestry
n Material Handling
n Specialized Heavy Haul
n Specialized Mining
n Excavator
n Compactor
n Fertilizer Spreader
n Snow Blower
n Mining
n Rail Car Mover
n Loader
n Tow Tractor
n Pushback Tractor
n Low mileage operation
n Low speed vehicle speed restriction
n Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
n Six (6) starts/stops per mile (typical)
Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

RPL MXL
FF - 941
FF - 943
FF - 961
FF - 966
FG - 941
FG - 943
FL - 941
FL - 943
FN - 951
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
MON-Z0 FAMILY
Industrial And Off-Highway Service Typically Is
Drivelines – 1/Unl/P
MOB
MOC
MOD
MOE
MOF
MOG
MOH
MOR
MOS
MOT
MOX
MOY
MOZ
Planetary Axles – 1/Unl/P
Cam P 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
Brake ComponentsFront Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P

OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY

INFORMATION
11 MTC-4213
MTC-4210
MTC-4208
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3112-CV (529 & 548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 & TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/247)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/350)
MTC-3205-GV (RTC-25/350)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/380)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/380)
MTC-3212-CV (315 & 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-2212-CV (306)
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MGX-240
MGX-279
MGX-279D
MGX-280
MGX-285
MGX-292
MGX-314
MGX-376
MGX-377
MGX-378
MGX-380
MGX-384
MGX-402
MGX-413
MGX-448
MGX-456
MGX-478
MGX-480
MGX-487
MGX-488
MGX-505
MGX-506
MGX-514
MGX-519
MGX-520
MGX-522
MGX-524
MGX-527
MGX-528
MGX-533
MGX-534
MGX-536
MGX-537
MGX-541
MGX-545
MGX-546
MGX-550
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
Coverage Exclusions
Product Description
All
The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine Meritor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting from corrosion.

For axle assemblies supplied by Meritor with suspension and in - terface brackets designed and/or attached by non-Meritor parties, Meritor warranty coverage does not apply to the brackets, bracket attachment methods, and field issues caused by brackets or bracket attachments to any covered component unless specified in a separate OEM agreement.

Front Axles
King Pin Bushings.

Rear Axles
Self-contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton.

ASA
Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over-torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies.

Cam Brake
Brake lining wear and brake shoe “rust-jacking.”
Disc Brake
Pad wear, rotor wear.

Coverage Limitations
Product Description
All
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P).

Front Axles
Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor.

Rear Axles
Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by Meritor. If yoke is not installed by Meritor, then Meritor does not warrant pinion seals. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor.

Rear Axles
The Meritor ® breather part number A-2297-C-8765 with
A-3196-J-1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential warranty consideration relating to contamination and/or loss of lube in axles.

Cam Brake
Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity.

STEELite X30
Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum.

Disc Brake
Warranty coverage for boots, seals, bushings and pins is 2/200/P .

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P .

Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 lb-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Meritor representative for specific details.
12 TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Litho in USA, SP-95155
Revised 1-19 (47865/11900)
Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC
2135 West Maple Road
Troy, Michigan 48084 USA
Product models, brands, names and trademarks depicted herein are the property of their respective owners and, except where otherwise indicated, are not in any way associated with Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC, or any parent or affiliate, thereof.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC warrants to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment in vehicles licensed for on-highway use, will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration of the OEM’s vehicle warranty for the applicable covered components. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first.

Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement.

Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component.

Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty.

For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further information about lubrication and maintenance, see Meritor publication Maintenance Manual Number l and the applicable Meritor
maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required.

To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Meritor through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Meritor components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with Meritor directly. Failure to notify Meritor of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in-service date.

A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Meritor as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Meritor or through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use.

Coverage under Meritor’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.
(3) What is the Cost of this Warranty?
There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty?
This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (I) improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by Meritor), (II) accident, natural disaster, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the axle and/or driveline capacity), or (III) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change intervals, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not branded by Meritor. For vehicles that operate full or part time outside of the United States and Canada, a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) will apply. (5) Remedy.

The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Meritor’s option. Meritor reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are available and/or returned to Meritor for review and evaluation. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty.

THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES

OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING

ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(7) Limitation of Remedies.

In no event shall Meritor be liable for special, incidental, indirect, or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, including, but not limited to, towing, downtime, lost productivity, cargo damage, taxes, or any other losses or costs resulting from a defective covered component.
(8) To Obtain Service.

If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Meritor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized Meritor service location.

The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Meritor for an evalu - ation of the claim. When authorized by Meritor, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Meritor component covered by this warranty.
(9) Entire Agreement.

This is the entire agreement between Meritor and the Owner about warranty and no Meritor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Meritor. This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Meritor and the Owner. )LUHDQG5HVFXH$SSDUDWXV
Coverage:
7KUHH

<HDU0DWHULDODQG:RUNPDQVKLS
0HULWRU:DEFR$%6%UDNH6\VWHP
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor Wabco ABS brake system shall be covered by
Meritor Wabco as indicated in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty coverage description
/,0,7(':$55$17<
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Three (3) YearWarranty Period
Ends After:

The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
(;&/86,212)&216(48(17,$/$1',1&,'(17$/'$0$*(6
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
%8<(5
6(;&/86,9(5(0('<
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
2/25/2013 WA0232
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
',6&/$,0(562):$55$17,(6
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

WARRANTY
Warranty coverage is essential to protecting your investment. But understanding the full details of your coverage can be challenging. This straightforward approach allows you, our valued customer, to better understand how your specific vehicle applications will be covered in your region. Our component warranty coverage is provided according to vocation/usage categories listed below. • Linehaul covers high mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction.
• General Service covers moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained public roads (less than 10 percent off-road) typically with less than three (3) stops per mile. • Heavy Service (Vocational) covers vehicles with more than 10 percent off-road OR moderate to frequent starts/stops typically with more than three (3) stops per mile.
• Off-Highway Service covers lower mileage operations. Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use. • The standard aftermarket warranty for WABCO products - including WABCO Original parts, WABCO Reman Solutions, ProVia quality aftermarket parts and WABCO retrofit solutions - is one year, parts only from in-service date when purchased from ZF distributor networks or its affiliates and/or subsidiaries.

MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
How to Read Warranty Coverage (Example)
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) Unl=Unlimited P=Parts Only P&L=Parts & Labor 3 300 P
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components.
2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.
• Aerial Ladder Truck
• Aerial Platform
• Ambulance
• Auto Hauler
• Beverage Truck
• Bulk Hauler
• Chip Hauler (Truck)
• Cross Country Coach
• Doubles
• Flatbed
• Front Engine Commercial
Chassis
• Front Engine Integral
Coach
• General Freight
• Grain Hauler
• Intercity Coach
• Intermodal Chassis
• Livestock Hauler
• Meat Packer
• Moving Van
• Municipal Truck
• Pipe Hauler
• Platform Auto Hauler
• Pumper
• Rear Engine Integral Coach
• Recreational Vehicles
• Refrigerated Freight
• School Bus
• Stake Truck
• Tanker
• Tanker Truck
• Triples
• Tour Bus
• Wrecker

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE VEHICLES

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION

LINEHAUL TYPICALLY IS
• High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
• Well maintained major highways of concrete or
asphalt construction

GENERAL SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• Moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) • Well maintained public roads (less than 10% off-road) • Less than three (3) stops per mile
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
1/100/P&LTrailer Lift Axle Control Valve
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Air Compressors (ALL)2 2/200/P&L
Air Dryers (ALL) 3/300/P&L
Aerodynamics
OptiFlow® TrailerSkirt 2/UnU/P
OptiFlow® Trailer Tail and AutoTail 2/UnI/P
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air
3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Trailer ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System)
3 Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves
1/100/P&L
OptiRide® Automated Manual Transmission (AMT)
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 3/300/P&L
WABCO Components1 (cont.)
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 6/600/P
MAXXUS™ Truck Air Disc Brake 5/500/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 17 and 19 Air Disc Brake 2/Unl/P and
1/Unl/L
Pan 22 Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV or IRB 6/600/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 3/300/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 2/200/P
Trailer MAXX22T™ Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
1 ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.

WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
1/100/P&L
Air Compressors (ALL)2
Air Dryers (ALL)
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic 2/200/P&L
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
3/300/P&L
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Trailer ABS Valve3
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Driveline Suspension Control
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves 1/100/P&L
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Trailer MAXX22T™ 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
• Airport Rescue Fire (ARF)
• Airport Shuttle
• Asphalt Truck
• Block Truck
• Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
• Cementing Vehicle
• City Bus
• Commercial Pick-Up
• Concrete Pumper
• Construction Material Hauler
• Crash Fire Rescue (CFR)
• Mixer
• Demolition
• Drill Rig
• Dump
• Emergency Service
• Equipment Hauling
• Flatbed Trailer Hauler
• Flatbed Truck
• Fracturing Truck
• Front Loader
• Geophysical Exploration
• Hopper Trailer Combinations
• Landscaping Truck
• Liquid Waste Hauler
• Log Hauling
• Lowboy
• Michigan Special
Gravel Trains
• Michigan Special
Log Hauler
• Michigan Special
Steel Hauler
• Michigan Special
Waste Vehicle
• Municipal Dump
• Newspaper Delivery
• Package Delivery
• Pick-up and Delivery
• Rapid Intervention
Vehicle (RIV)
• Rear Loader
• Recycling Truck
• Residential Pick-Up/Waste
• Rigging Truck
• Roll-Off
• Scrap Truck
• Semi-End Dump
• Sewer/Septic Vacuum
• Shuttle Bus
• Side Loader
• Snowplow/Snowblower
• Steel Hauling
• Tanker
• Tank Truck
• Tractors with Pole Trailers
• Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
• Transfer Dump
• Transfer Vehicle
• Transit Bus
• Trolley
• Utility Truck
• Winch Truck

HEAVY SERVICE VEHICLES

HEAVY SERVICE (VOCATIONAL) WARRANTY INFORMATION

HEAVY SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road) OR
• Moderate to frequent starts/stops typically more than three (3) stops per mile
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES

INDUSTRIAL AND OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE

TYPICALLY IS
• Low mileage operation3
• Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 Equivalent hours of service limit: 2,000 hours for all components.

INDUSTRIAL/OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
2/Unl/PAir Compressors (ALL)2
Air Dryers (ALL)
Brake Actuation
Air/Hydraulic Actuators
2/Unl/P
Master Cylinders
Remote Actuators
Slave and Wheel Cylinders
Two Fluid Actuators
Brake Locks
Brake Locks (ALL)
2/Unl/PElectric Brake Locks
Lever Locks
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air
1/100/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls
1/100/P&L
Leveling Valves
Electrohydraulics & Controls
Electronic Pedals
2/Unl/PElectrohydraulic Brake Valves (EBV)
Pressure Switches
Hydraulic Braking Solutions
Accumulator Charging Valves
2/Unl/PHydraulic Throttle Controls and Switches
Modulating Brake Valves
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
Caliper Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Multiple Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
Market Common Application Types
Agriculture
Fertilizer Spreader, Tractor, Heavy Duty Ag
Trailers, Harvester, Sprayer, Skid Loader, Silage
Bagger, Slurry Wagons, Grain Cart
Airport Support
Pushback Tractor, Towing Tugs, Aircraft Tow
Tractor, Refueling Trucks, Food Service Trucks,
Baggage Tractors, De-Icing Equipment,
Runway Clearing Equipment
Construction
All-Terrain Crane, Rough Terrain Crane,
Excavator, Compactor, Wheel Loader, Road
Roller, Motor Grader, Articulated Dump Truck,
Rubber Tire Road Roller, Backhoe Loaders,
Haul Trucks, Scraper Rough Terrain Forklifts,
Trenchers, Drills
Forestry Logging Forwarder, Kidder, Loaders, Yard
Forklifts, Harvesters Fellers
Material Handling
Port Tractor, Rail Yard Spotter, Stevedoring
Tractor, Trailer Spotter, Yard Jockey, Scissor
Lift, Straddle Carrier, Manlift, Forklift, Boom Lift
Telebandlers, Aerial Work Platforms
Mining
Specialized Mining, Excavator, Haul Truck,
Underground Loader, Service Trucks, Wheel
Loaders, Scrapers, Load Haul Dumps,
Personnel Transports, Bolters, Scalers
Municipal
Street Sweeper, Utility Tractor, Utility Trucks,
Tree Trimmers, Dump Trucks, Tow Trucks, Flat
Bed Trucks, Winch Applications
Oil & Gas
Fracturing Trailer, Injecter Heads, Top Drives,
Jack/Lift Boats, Wireline Trucks, Load-On /
Load-Off
Rail
Railcar Mover, Track Layers, Grinders, Platform
Crane, Locomotive Railcars, Ballast Equipment,
Winch Applications

ABS, ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL (ESC),
ROLL STABILITY CONTROL (RSC), OPTIRIDE®,
ONGUARD® AND ONLANE®, COLLECTIVELY
“ELECTRONICS”
Failure of electronic components due to overvoltage
condition, improper grounding, electrostatic discharge
(ESD), improper shielding, electromagnetic interference (EMI), or other wiring or installation issues. Malfunctions and failure codes caused by other electronic subsystem failures (data bus, engine, transmission, dashboard, etc.)

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS
For certain components, brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4 is
used as the operating medium. Use of any other fluid will void all warranties associated with that component. For hydraulic braking applications the brake fluid is considered a maintenance item. Maintenance intervals are listed in TB- 1367.

COVERAGE LIMITATIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program.

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, 1/Unl/P .

For vehicles that operate full- or part-time outside of the United States and Canada, a 1-Year/Unlimited Miles parts only (1/Unl/P) will apply.

TOOLBOX PLUS™ DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE
Proper diagnostics of WABCO Electronics may require the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™. Additional labor due
to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™ software
and/or the time to purchase or install the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™ are not covered under product
warranty.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

COVERAGE EXCLUSIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
This Warranty shall not apply to the following, but not limited to: (1) damage to the product or its component
parts caused by incorrect use, installation, maintenance or repair, including without limitation (a) improper fit of mating components or brackets, damaged threads, cut, broken,
chafed, pinched or otherwise damaged wiring (sensors,
harnesses and connectors), (b) sensors damaged during
removal when seized in block, or associated with sensor adjustments/ alignments, and (c) damage resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine WABCO components or
materials; (2) damage to the product, its component parts, or diminished product or component part performance due to incorrect operation, deviation from approved conditions or misapplication; (3) any unauthorized disassembly of the product or its component parts including without limitation (a) obliterated, defaced or missing WABCO or WABCO
name plate, serial numbers or label identifying the device as
a ZF product or WABCO component, (b) changes to sealed
adjusting screws, and (c) opening or attempted repair of non-serviceable components; (4) malfunction
of the component d ue to internal cont amination of t he vehicle system including without limitation (a) water and other contamination damage that is due to the use of a
non-genuine air dryer cartridge or (b) valve failures due to contamination in air system, (5) complaints associated
with noise, (6) damage resulting from corrosion (including oxidation of electrical devices and connections).

AIR DRYERS
Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant cartridge housing only.

AIR SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Normal wear items; Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs,
valve actuation handles, treadles, pedals.

WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
ZF CV Systems North America LLC and its North American
subsidiaries and affiliates (ZF) warrant to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins from the original in-service date to the limits provided and runs concurrently with any warranties provided by OEMs and/or any distribution agreements and/or any service contracts that cover the components listed in this publication, if any. If the components listed in this publication are covered by an OEM warranty and/or service contract, then the OEM’s warranty and/ or service contract shall supersede ZF’s warranty and Owner shall comply with all OEM’s warranty and/or service contract requirements for claims under such OEM’s warranty and/or service contract until those agreements expire.

Once those agreements expire and provided the ZF warranty has not expired under the terms stated above, the ZF warranty will be in effect until its expiration date.

Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed previously in this publication.

Additional diagnostic time due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™, time to purchase or install latest version of TOOLBOX™ are the responsibility of the authorized ZF distributor networks and are not covered under product warranty. Components installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify ZF through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the WABCO components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in- service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with ZF directly. Failure to notify ZF of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in- service date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner
must
also notify ZF as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to ZF or through
the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under ZF’
s warranty requires that the application of
products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and ZF, approvals. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? In addition to the items listed on "Coverage Exclusions," this warranty does not cover normal wear and tear, or service items; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (a) improper handling, storage, installation, adjustment, repair or modification including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by ZF, (b) accident, fire or other casualty, natural disaster, road debris, negligence, misuse, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the brake system capacity),
or (c) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from maintenance intervals, approved lubricants, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by ZF. (5) To obtain service. If the owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either ZF or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM dealer or ZF distributor networks' servicer. The dealer or ZF authorized servicer will inspect the vehicle and contact ZF for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by ZF, the dealer or ZF authorized servicer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective WABCO component covered by this warranty. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty and Limitation of remedies. TO THE MAXIMUM

EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE LIMITED WARRANTY SET

FORTH HEREIN IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER

WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARISING BY OPERATION OF

LAW OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A

PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND/OR WARRANTY FOR HIDDEN OR

LATENT DEFECTS, AND IN NO EVENT WILL ZF OR ANY OF ITS

AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,

PROGRESSIVE, SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY
KIND.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
(7) Legal action. Any legal action or claim arising from or related to this Warranty, in contract or otherwise, must be commenced within one year from the accrual of that cause of action, or be barred forever. Any dispute arising in connection with this agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Michigan and be brought, heard and determined exclusively in either the Circuit Court for the County of Oakland, State of Michigan or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan. The parties stipulate that the referenced venues are convenient.
(8) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at ZF's option. ZF reserves the right to require that all applicable covered components are available and/or returned to ZF
for review
and evaluation. THE MAXIMUM LIABILITY, IF ANY, OF ZF FOR ALL

DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION CONTRACT

DAMAGES, BREACH OF WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT

LIABILITY, OR OTHER TORT, IS LIMITED TO AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT and where
indicated in the product and application warranty information above, the inclusion of labor is limited to the standard repair time. THE

PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THE LIMITATION

OF DAMAGES PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS PARAGRAPH

SURVIVES BETWEEN THE ORIGINAL END USER AND ZF EVEN IF

THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY SET FORTH ABOVE IS DEEMED TO FAIL
OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. ZF may change the design or make improvements to its Products without incurring any warranty obligation for previously manufactured Product .
(9) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between ZF and the Owner about warranty and no, ZF employee, or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of ZF unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of ZF.

About ZF Friedrichshafen AG
ZF is a global technology company and supplies systems for passenger cars, commercial vehicles and industrial technology, enabling the next generation of mobility. ZF allows vehicles to see, think and act. In the four technology domains Vehicle Motion Control, Integrated Safety, Automated Driving, and Electric Mobility, ZF offers comprehensive solutions for established vehicle manufacturers and newly emerging transport and mobility service providers. ZF electrifies different kinds of vehicles. With its products, the company contributes to reducing emissions and protecting the climate.

ZF, which acquired WABCO Holdings Inc. on May 29, 2020, now has 160,000 employees worldwide with approximately 260 locations in 41 countries. In 2019, the two then-independent companies achieved sales of €36.5 billion (ZF) and $3.4 billion (WABCO). For more information, visit: www.wabco-na.com
© 2021
ZF CV Systems North America LLC - All rights reserved - SP1375 / 2.2021 For further product details contact your distributor or the WABCO Customer Care Center at 855-228-3203.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty applies only to the cab tubular support and mounting structures and other structural components of the cab of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce
specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Cab
Ten (10) Years
- or -
100,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

The Pierce Custom Cab shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion
Cab
Ten (10) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Exterior surfaces of the cab painted by Pierce shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any:

Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking
0-72 months 100%
73-96 months 50%
97-120 months 25%
Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-36 months 100%
37-84 months 50%
85-120 months 25%
Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice
0-36 months 100%
37-48 months 50%
49-72 months 25%
73-120 months 10%
Corrosion Perforation
0-120 months 100%
This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty.

Items not covered by this warranty include:
(a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual).
(b) UV paint fade.
(c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty applies to all of the control modules for the Command Zone system, including the full color graphic displays. Related wire harnesses, cables and connectors are not covered under this limited warranty and are instead covered under the Pierce One Year Basic Apparatus Limited Warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship
Command Zone Electronics
Five (5) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Command Zone control modules shall be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty does not apply to related wire
harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:
54 Months Material and Workmanship
Camera System
Fifty - Four (54) monthsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of delivery.Warranty Begins:

This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect related to materials or workmanship of the Sharpvision
camera system installed on the apparatus occuring during th e
warranty period.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Material and Workmanship
Pierce 12V LED Strip Light
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect related to materials or workmanship of the Pierce 12V LED strip lights installed on the apparatus occuring during the warranty period.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty does not apply to related wire
harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

Ten (10) YearWarranty Period
Ends After:

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

NEW PRODUCT WARRANTY

PARTICIPATING OEM SALES

DISTRIBUTOR SALES

LIMITED WARRANTY ON NEW ALLISON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS

USED IN EMERGENCY VEHICLE APPLICATIONS

Allison Transmission will provide for repairs or replacement, at its option, during the warranty period of each new Allison transmission listed below that is installed in an Emergency Vehicle in accordance with the following te rms, conditions, and limitations.

WHAT IS COVERED
 WARRANTY APPLIES — This warranty is for new Allison transmission models listed below installed in an Emergency Vehicle and is provided to the original and any subsequent owner(s) of the vehicle during the warranty period.  REPAIRS COVERED — The warranty covers repairs or replacement, at Allison Transmission’s option, to correct any transmission malfunction resulting from defects in material or workmanship occurring during the warranty period. Needed repairs or replacements will be performed using the method Allison Transmission determines most appropriate under the circumstances.  TOWING — Towing is covered to the nearest Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission.
 PAYMENT TERMS — Warranty repairs, including parts and labor, will be covered per the schedule shown in the chart contained in section “APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE.”  OBTAINING REPAIRS — To obtain warranty repairs, take the vehicle to any Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer within a reasonable amount of time and request the needed repairs. A reasonable amount of time must be allowed for the Distributor or Dealer to perform necessary repairs.
 TRANSMISSION REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION — Labor costs for the removal and re-installation of the transmission, when necessary to make a warranty repair, are covered by this warranty.  WARRANTY PERIOD — The warranty period for all coverages shall begin on the date the transmission is delivered to the first retail purchaser, with the following exception:

Demonstration Service - A transmission in a new truck or bus may be demonstrated to a total of 5000 miles (8000 kilometers).

If the vehicle is within this limit when sold to a retail purchaser, the warranty start date is the date of purchase. Normal warranty services are applicable to the demonstrating Dealer. Should the truck or bus be sold to a retail purchaser after these limits are reached, the warranty period will begin on the date the vehicle was first placed in demonstration service and the purchaser will be entitled to the remaining warranty.

APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE

WARRANTY LIMITATIONS
(Whichever occurs first)

ADJUSTMENT CHARGE TO BE

PAID BY THE CUSTOMER APPLICABLE
MODELS
Months
Transmission Miles
Or Kilometers Parts Labor
MT, MD
3000, 3200, 3500, 3700 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Hydraulic Controls 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge AT, 1000 Series, 2000 Series,
2400 Series 0–36 No Limit No Charge No Charge
HT with Electronic Controls 0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge HD
1000 EVS, 2100 EVS, 2200 EVS
2350 EVS, 2500 EVS, 2550 EVS,
3000 EVS, 3500 EVS, 4000,
4000 EVS, 4500, 4500 EVS, 4700,
4700 EVS, 4800, 4800 EVS
0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge

Page 1 of 2 ends

City Council/Public Finance and Economic Development Authority/Parking AuthoritySeptember 6, 2022

City Council/Public Finance and Economic Development Authority/Parking Authority
September 6, 2022